EP4684577A1 - Channel access priority class (capc) for sidelink positioning - Google Patents
Channel access priority class (capc) for sidelink positioningInfo
- Publication number
- EP4684577A1 EP4684577A1 EP24710297.3A EP24710297A EP4684577A1 EP 4684577 A1 EP4684577 A1 EP 4684577A1 EP 24710297 A EP24710297 A EP 24710297A EP 4684577 A1 EP4684577 A1 EP 4684577A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- channel
- capc
- cot
- window
- positioning
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
- H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
- H04W74/0808—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA using carrier sensing, e.g. carrier sense multiple access [CSMA]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
Definitions
- aspects of the disclosure relate generally to wireless communications.
- Wireless communication systems have developed through various generations, including a first-generation analog wireless phone service (1G), a second-generation (2G) digital wireless phone service (including interim 2.5G and 2.75G networks), a third-generation (3G) high speed data, Internet-capable wireless service and a fourth-generation (4G) service (e.g., Long Term Evolution (LTE) or WiMax).
- a first-generation analog wireless phone service (1G) 1G
- a second-generation (2G) digital wireless phone service including interim 2.5G and 2.75G networks
- 3G third-generation
- 4G fourth-generation
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- PCS personal communications service
- Examples of known cellular systems include the cellular analog advanced mobile phone system (AMPS), and digital cellular systems based on code division multiple access (CDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), the Global System for Mobile communications (GSM), etc.
- CDMA code division multiple access
- FDMA frequency division multiple access
- TDMA time division multiple access
- GSM
- a fifth generation (5G) wireless standard referred to as New Radio (NR)
- NR New Radio
- NR New Radio
- the 5G standard according to the Next Generation Mobile Networks Alliance, is designed to provide higher data rates as compared to previous standards, more accurate positioning (e.g., based on reference signals for positioning (RS-P), such as downlink, uplink, or sidelink positioning reference signals (PRS)) and other technical enhancements.
- RS-P reference signals for positioning
- PRS sidelink positioning reference signals
- V2X vehicle-to-everything
- a method of wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device includes performing a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmitting an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
- CAC channel access priority class
- a method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device includes obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and aborting the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device includes obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a sidelink (SL) device includes a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: perform a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
- CAC channel access priority class
- a sidelink (SL) device includes a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and abort the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a sidelink (SL) device includes a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a sidelink (SL) device includes a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a sidelink (SL) device includes means for performing a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and means for transmitting an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
- CAC channel access priority class
- a sidelink (SL) device includes obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and means for aborting the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a sidelink (SL) device includes means for obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; means for attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and means for transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a sidelink (SL) device includes means for obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; means for attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and means for transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a non-transitory computer-readable medium stores computer-executable instructions that, when executed by a sidelink (SL) device, cause the SL device to: perform a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmit an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
- CAC channel access priority class
- a non-transitory computer-readable medium stores computer-executable instructions that, when executed by an SL device, cause the SL device to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmit or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a non-transitory computer-readable medium stores computer-executable instructions that, when executed by an SL device, cause the SL device to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmit or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless communications system, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIGS. 2 A, 2B, and 2C illustrate example wireless network structures, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIGS. 3A, 3B, and 3C are simplified block diagrams of several sample aspects of components that may be employed in a user equipment (UE), a base station, and a network entity, respectively, and configured to support communications as taught herein.
- UE user equipment
- base station base station
- network entity network entity
- FIG. 4 illustrates examples of various positioning methods supported in New Radio (NR), according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example downlink positioning reference signal (DL- PRS) configuration for two transmission-reception points (TRPs) operating in the same positioning frequency layer, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- DL- PRS downlink positioning reference signal
- FIGS. 6 A and 6B illustrate various scenarios of interest for sidelink-only or joint Uu and sidelink positioning, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example sidelink ranging and positioning procedure, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 8 shows a table depicting examples of different assistance data sets that may be used for a positioning session based on different durations of a configured channel occupancy time (COT) window, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- COT channel occupancy time
- FIG. 9 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by a sidelink device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 10 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by a network server, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 11 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by a network server, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 12 is a table showing an example of channel sensing parameters sets that may be associated with various Channel Access Priority Classes (CAPC), according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 13 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- SL sidelink
- FIG. 14 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 15 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- FIG. 16 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- Various aspects relate generally to channel sensing using a set of parameters associated with a channel access priority class (CAPC) assigned to a sidelink device for sidelink positioning. Some aspects more specifically relate to obtaining a positioning-specific CAPC for the sidelink device that is specifically indicated for channel sensing by the sidelink device for sidelink positioning.
- the sidelink device may receive an initial CAPC that is pre-assigned to the sidelink device based on the type of sidelink device and/or the role the sidelink device is to take during the positioning session.
- an indication of the CAPC is received by the sidelink device from another network device (e.g., network server, location server, location management function (LMF), etc.).
- another network device e.g., network server, location server, location management function (LMF), etc.
- the CAPC specified for the positioning session may be the same CAPC used by the sidelink device to perform channel sensing for sidelink data communication. In some examples, the CAPC specified for the positioning session may be different than the CAPC used by the sidelink device to perform channel sensing for sidelink data communication. In some examples, the initial CAPC may be subject to a CAPC increase when the sidelink device fails to access the channel for determining a channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring position reference signals (PRS) during a positioning session.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS position reference signals
- the SL device aborts the positioning session based on exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts to access the channel for a positioning occasion during the at least one COT window. In some examples, the SL device may abort the positioning session based on exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window. In some examples, the SL device may abort the positioning session based on a combination of the foregoing failure scenarios.
- Some aspects more specifically relate to handling scenarios in which the CAPC of the SL device is insufficient to enable the SL device to access a channel during the COT window for transmission or reception of the PRS during the positioning session.
- the current CAPC is incremented to a CAPC associated with higher priority channel access parameters when the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure PRS during the COT window exceeds a threshold number of failed attempts.
- Some aspects more specifically relate to handling scenarios in which use of the current assistance data by the SL device does not enable the SL device to transmit or measure PRS during the COT window.
- the current set of assistance data is discarded in favor of another set of assistance when the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure PRS during the COT window exceeds a threshold number of failed attempts.
- sequences of actions are described in terms of sequences of actions to be performed by, for example, elements of a computing device. It will be recognized that various actions described herein can be performed by specific circuits (e.g., application specific integrated circuits (ASICs)), by program instructions being executed by one or more processors, or by a combination of both. Additionally, the sequence(s) of actions described herein can be considered to be embodied entirely within any form of non- transitory computer-readable storage medium having stored therein a corresponding set of computer instructions that, upon execution, would cause or instruct an associated processor of a device to perform the functionality described herein.
- ASICs application specific integrated circuits
- a UE may be any wireless communication device (e.g., vehicle on-board computer, vehicle navigation device, mobile phone, router, tablet computer, laptop computer, asset locating device, wearable (e.g., smartwatch, glasses, augmented reality (AR) / virtual reality (VR) headset, etc.), vehicle (e.g., automobile, motorcycle, bicycle, etc.), Internet of Things (loT) device, etc.) used by a user to communicate over a wireless communications network.
- a wireless communication device e.g., vehicle on-board computer, vehicle navigation device, mobile phone, router, tablet computer, laptop computer, asset locating device, wearable (e.g., smartwatch, glasses, augmented reality (AR) / virtual reality (VR) headset, etc.), vehicle (e.g., automobile, motorcycle, bicycle, etc.), Internet of Things (loT) device, etc.
- a UE may be mobile or may (e.g., at certain times) be stationary, and may communicate with a radio access network (RAN).
- RAN radio access network
- the term “UE” may be referred to interchangeably as a “mobile device,” an “access terminal” or “AT,” a “client device,” a “wireless device,” a “subscriber device,” a “subscriber terminal,” a “subscriber station,” a “user terminal” or UT, a “mobile terminal,” a “mobile station,” or variations thereof.
- a V-UE is a type of UE and may be any in-vehicle wireless communication device, such as a navigation system, a warning system, a heads-up display (HUD), an on-board computer, an in-vehicle infotainment system, an automated driving system (ADS), an advanced driver assistance system (ADAS), etc.
- a V-UE may be a portable wireless communication device (e.g., a cell phone, tablet computer, etc.) that is carried by the driver of the vehicle or a passenger in the vehicle.
- the term “V-UE” may refer to the in-vehicle wireless communication device or the vehicle itself, depending on the context.
- a P-UE is a type of UE and may be a portable wireless communication device that is carried by a pedestrian (i.e., a user that is not driving or riding in a vehicle).
- UEs can communicate with a core network via a RAN, and through the core network the UEs can be connected with external networks such as the Internet and with other UEs.
- external networks such as the Internet and with other UEs.
- other mechanisms of connecting to the core network and/or the Internet are also possible for the UEs, such as over wired access networks, wireless local area network (WLAN) networks (e.g., based on Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11, etc.) and so on.
- WLAN wireless local area network
- a base station may operate according to one of several RATs in communication with UEs depending on the network in which it is deployed, and may be alternatively referred to as an access point (AP), a network node, a NodeB, an evolved NodeB (eNB), a next generation eNB (ng-eNB), a New Radio (NR) Node B (also referred to as a gNB or gNodeB), etc.
- AP access point
- eNB evolved NodeB
- ng-eNB next generation eNB
- NR New Radio
- a base station may be used primarily to support wireless access by UEs including supporting data, voice and/or signaling connections for the supported UEs.
- a base station may provide purely edge node signaling functions while in other systems it may provide additional control and/or network management functions.
- a communication link through which UEs can send signals to a base station is called an uplink (UL) channel (e.g., a reverse traffic channel, a reverse control channel, an access channel, etc.).
- a communication link through which the base station can send signals to UEs is called a downlink (DL) or forward link channel (e.g., a paging channel, a control channel, a broadcast channel, a forward traffic channel, etc.).
- DL downlink
- forward link channel e.g., a paging channel, a control channel, a broadcast channel, a forward traffic channel, etc.
- TCH traffic channel
- the term “base station” may refer to a single physical transmission-reception point (TRP) or to multiple physical TRPs that may or may not be co-located.
- TRP transmission-reception point
- the physical TRP may be an antenna of the base station corresponding to a cell (or several cell sectors) of the base station.
- base station refers to multiple co-located physical TRPs
- the physical TRPs may be an array of antennas (e.g., as in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system or where the base station employs beamforming) of the base station.
- MIMO multiple-input multiple-output
- the physical TRPs may be a distributed antenna system (DAS) (a network of spatially separated antennas connected to a common source via a transport medium) or a remote radio head (RRH) (a remote base station connected to a serving base station).
- DAS distributed antenna system
- RRH remote radio head
- the non-co-located physical TRPs may be the serving base station receiving the measurement report from the UE and a neighbor base station whose reference radio frequency (RF) signals the UE is measuring.
- RF radio frequency
- a base station may not support wireless access by UEs (e.g., may not support data, voice, and/or signaling connections for UEs), but may instead transmit reference RF signals to UEs to be measured by the UEs and/or may receive and measure signals transmitted by the UEs.
- Such base stations may be referred to as positioning beacons (e.g., when transmitting RF signals to UEs) and/or as location measurement units (e.g., when receiving and measuring RF signals from UEs).
- An “RF signal” comprises an electromagnetic wave of a given frequency that transports information through the space between a transmitter and a receiver.
- a transmitter may transmit a single “RF signal” or multiple “RF signals” to a receiver.
- the receiver may receive multiple “RF signals” corresponding to each transmitted RF signal due to the propagation characteristics of RF signals through multipath channels.
- the same transmitted RF signal on different paths between the transmitter and receiver may be referred to as a “multipath” RF signal.
- an RF signal may also be referred to as a “wireless signal” or simply a “signal” where it is clear from the context that the term “signal” refers to a wireless signal or an RF signal.
- FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless communications system 100, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- the wireless communications system 100 (which may also be referred to as a wireless wide area network (WWAN)) may include various base stations 102 (labelled “BS”) and various UEs 104.
- the base stations 102 may include macro cell base stations (high power cellular base stations) and/or small cell base stations (low power cellular base stations).
- the macro cell base stations 102 may include eNBs and/or ng-eNBs where the wireless communications system 100 corresponds to an LTE network, or gNBs where the wireless communications system 100 corresponds to a NR network, or a combination of both, and the small cell base stations may include femtocells, picocells, microcells, etc.
- the base stations 102 may collectively form a RAN and interface with a core network 170 (e.g., an evolved packet core (EPC) or 5G core (5GC)) through backhaul links 122, and through the core network 170 to one or more location servers 172 (e.g., a location management function (LMF) or a secure user plane location (SUPL) location platform (SLP)).
- the location server(s) 172 may be part of core network 170 or may be external to core network 170.
- a location server 172 may be integrated with a base station 102.
- a UE 104 may communicate with a location server 172 directly or indirectly.
- a UE 104 may communicate with a location server 172 via the base station 102 that is currently serving that UE 104.
- a UE 104 may also communicate with a location server 172 through another path, such as via an application server (not shown), via another network, such as via a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) (e.g., AP 150 described below), and so on.
- WLAN wireless local area network
- AP access point
- communication between a UE 104 and a location server 172 may be represented as an indirect connection (e.g., through the core network 170, etc.) or a direct connection (e.g., as shown via direct connection 128), with the intervening nodes (if any) omitted from a signaling diagram for clarity.
- the base stations 102 may perform functions that relate to one or more of transferring user data, radio channel ciphering and deciphering, integrity protection, header compression, mobility control functions (e.g., handover, dual connectivity), inter-cell interference coordination, connection setup and release, load balancing, distribution for non-access stratum (NAS) messages, NAS node selection, synchronization, RAN sharing, multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS), subscriber and equipment trace, RAN information management (RIM), paging, positioning, and delivery of warning messages.
- the base stations 102 may communicate with each other directly or indirectly (e.g., through the EPC / 5GC) over backhaul links 134, which may be wired or wireless.
- the base stations 102 may wirelessly communicate with the UEs 104. Each of the base stations 102 may provide communication coverage for a respective geographic coverage area 110. In an aspect, one or more cells may be supported by a base station 102 in each geographic coverage area 110.
- a “cell” is a logical communication entity used for communication with a base station (e.g., over some frequency resource, referred to as a carrier frequency, component carrier, carrier, band, or the like), and may be associated with an identifier (e.g., a physical cell identifier (PCI), an enhanced cell identifier (ECI), a virtual cell identifier (VCI), a cell global identifier (CGI), etc.) for distinguishing cells operating via the same or a different carrier frequency.
- PCI physical cell identifier
- ECI enhanced cell identifier
- VCI virtual cell identifier
- CGI cell global identifier
- different cells may be configured according to different protocol types (e.g., machine-type communication (MTC), narrowband loT (NB-IoT), enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), or others) that may provide access for different types of UEs.
- MTC machine-type communication
- NB-IoT narrowband loT
- eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
- a cell may refer to either or both the logical communication entity and the base station that supports it, depending on the context.
- the term “cell” may also refer to a geographic coverage area of a base station (e.g., a sector), insofar as a carrier frequency can be detected and used for communication within some portion of geographic coverage areas 110.
- While neighboring macro cell base station 102 geographic coverage areas 110 may partially overlap (e.g., in a handover region), some of the geographic coverage areas 110 may be substantially overlapped by a larger geographic coverage area 110.
- a small cell base station 102' (labelled “SC” for “small cell”) may have a geographic coverage area 110' that substantially overlaps with the geographic coverage area 110 of one or more macro cell base stations 102.
- a network that includes both small cell and macro cell base stations may be known as a heterogeneous network.
- a heterogeneous network may also include home eNBs (HeNBs), which may provide service to a restricted group known as a closed subscriber group (CSG).
- HeNBs home eNBs
- CSG closed subscriber group
- the communication links 120 between the base stations 102 and the UEs 104 may include uplink (also referred to as reverse link) transmissions from a UE 104 to a base station 102 and/or downlink (DL) (also referred to as forward link) transmissions from a base station 102 to a UE 104.
- the communication links 120 may use MIMO antenna technology, including spatial multiplexing, beamforming, and/or transmit diversity.
- the communication links 120 may be through one or more carrier frequencies. Allocation of carriers may be asymmetric with respect to downlink and uplink (e.g., more or less carriers may be allocated for downlink than for uplink).
- the wireless communications system 100 may further include a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) 150 in communication with WLAN stations (STAs) 152 via communication links 154 in an unlicensed frequency spectrum (e.g., 5 GHz).
- WLAN STAs 152 and/or the WLAN AP 150 may perform a clear channel assessment (CCA) or listen before talk (LBT) procedure prior to communicating in order to determine whether the channel is available.
- CCA clear channel assessment
- LBT listen before talk
- the small cell base station 102' may operate in a licensed and/or an unlicensed frequency spectrum. When operating in an unlicensed frequency spectrum, the small cell base station 102' may employ LTE or NR technology and use the same 5 GHz unlicensed frequency spectrum as used by the WLAN AP 150. The small cell base station 102', employing LTE / 5G in an unlicensed frequency spectrum, may boost coverage to and/or increase capacity of the access network.
- NR in unlicensed spectrum may be referred to as NR-U.
- LTE in an unlicensed spectrum may be referred to as LTE-U, licensed assisted access (LAA), or MulteFire.
- the wireless communications system 100 may further include a mmW base station 180 that may operate in millimeter wave (mmW) frequencies and/or near mmW frequencies in communication with a UE 182.
- Extremely high frequency (EHF) is part of the RF in the electromagnetic spectrum. EHF has a range of 30 GHz to 300 GHz and a wavelength between 1 millimeter and 10 millimeters. Radio waves in this band may be referred to as a millimeter wave.
- Near mmW may extend down to a frequency of 3 GHz with a wavelength of 100 millimeters.
- the super high frequency (SHF) band extends between 3 GHz and 30 GHz, also referred to as centimeter wave.
- the mmW base station 180 and the UE 182 may utilize beamforming (transmit and/or receive) over a mmW communication link 184 to compensate for the extremely high path loss and short range.
- one or more base stations 102 may also transmit using mmW or near mmW and beamforming. Accordingly, it will be appreciated that the foregoing illustrations are merely examples and should not be construed to limit the various aspects disclosed herein.
- Transmit beamforming is a technique for focusing an RF signal in a specific direction.
- a network node e.g., a base station
- broadcasts an RF signal it broadcasts the signal in all directions (omni-directionally).
- the network node determines where a given target device (e.g., a UE) is located (relative to the transmitting network node) and projects a stronger downlink RF signal in that specific direction, thereby providing a faster (in terms of data rate) and stronger RF signal for the receiving device(s).
- a network node can control the phase and relative amplitude of the RF signal at each of the one or more transmitters that are broadcasting the RF signal.
- a network node may use an array of antennas (referred to as a “phased array” or an “antenna array”) that creates a beam of RF waves that can be “steered” to point in different directions, without actually moving the antennas.
- the RF current from the transmitter is fed to the individual antennas with the correct phase relationship so that the radio waves from the separate antennas add together to increase the radiation in a desired direction, while cancelling to suppress radiation in undesired directions.
- Transmit beams may be quasi-co-located, meaning that they appear to the receiver (e.g., a UE) as having the same parameters, regardless of whether or not the transmitting antennas of the network node themselves are physically co-located.
- the receiver e.g., a UE
- QCL relation of a given type means that certain parameters about a second reference RF signal on a second beam can be derived from information about a source reference RF signal on a source beam.
- the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, and delay spread of a second reference RF signal transmitted on the same channel.
- the source reference RF signal is QCL Type B
- the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the Doppler shift and Doppler spread of a second reference RF signal transmitted on the same channel.
- the source reference RF signal is QCL Type C
- the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the Doppler shift and average delay of a second reference RF signal transmitted on the same channel.
- the source reference RF signal is QCL Type D
- the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the spatial receive parameter of a second reference RF signal transmitted on the same channel.
- the receiver uses a receive beam to amplify RF signals detected on a given channel.
- the receiver can increase the gain setting and/or adjust the phase setting of an array of antennas in a particular direction to amplify (e.g., to increase the gain level of) the RF signals received from that direction.
- amplify e.g., to increase the gain level of
- the receiver is said to beamform in a certain direction, it means the beam gain in that direction is high relative to the beam gain along other directions, or the beam gain in that direction is the highest compared to the beam gain in that direction of all other receive beams available to the receiver.
- Transmit and receive beams may be spatially related.
- a spatial relation means that parameters for a second beam (e.g., a transmit or receive beam) for a second reference signal can be derived from information about a first beam (e.g., a receive beam or a transmit beam) for a first reference signal.
- a UE may use a particular receive beam to receive a reference downlink reference signal (e.g., synchronization signal block (SSB)) from a base station.
- the UE can then form a transmit beam for sending an uplink reference signal (e.g., sounding reference signal (SRS)) to that base station based on the parameters of the receive beam.
- SRS sounding reference signal
- a “downlink” beam may be either a transmit beam or a receive beam, depending on the entity forming it. For example, if a base station is forming the downlink beam to transmit a reference signal to a UE, the downlink beam is a transmit beam. If the UE is forming the downlink beam, however, it is a receive beam to receive the downlink reference signal.
- an “uplink” beam may be either a transmit beam or a receive beam, depending on the entity forming it. For example, if a base station is forming the uplink beam, it is an uplink receive beam, and if a UE is forming the uplink beam, it is an uplink transmit beam.
- FR1 frequency range designations FR1 (410 MHz - 7.125 GHz) and FR2 (24.25 GHz - 52.6 GHz). It should be understood that although a portion of FR1 is greater than 6 GHz, FR1 is often referred to (interchangeably) as a “Sub-6 GHz” band in various documents and articles.
- FR2 which is often referred to (interchangeably) as a “millimeter wave” band in documents and articles, despite being different from the extremely high frequency (EHF) band (30 GHz - 300 GHz) which is identified by the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) as a “millimeter wave” band.
- EHF extremely high frequency
- ITU International Telecommunications Union
- FR3 7.125 GHz - 24.25 GHz
- FR3 7.125 GHz - 24.25 GHz
- Frequency bands falling within FR3 may inherit FR1 characteristics and/or FR2 characteristics, and thus may effectively extend features of FR1 and/or FR2 into mid-band frequencies.
- higher frequency bands are currently being explored to extend 5G NR operation beyond 52.6 GHz.
- FR4a or FR4-1 52.6 GHz - 71 GHz
- FR4 52.6 GHz - 114.25 GHz
- FR5 114.25 GHz - 300 GHz.
- Each of these higher frequency bands falls within the EHF band.
- sub-6 GHz or the like if used herein may broadly represent frequencies that may be less than 6 GHz, may be within FR1, or may include mid-band frequencies.
- millimeter wave or the like if used herein may broadly represent frequencies that may include mid-band frequencies, may be within FR2, FR4, FR4-a or FR4-1, and/or FR5, or may be within the EHF band.
- the anchor carrier is the carrier operating on the primary frequency (e.g., FR1) utilized by a UE 104/182 and the cell in which the UE 104/182 either performs the initial radio resource control (RRC) connection establishment procedure or initiates the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.
- RRC radio resource control
- the primary carrier carries all common and UE-specific control channels, and may be a carrier in a licensed frequency (however, this is not always the case).
- a secondary carrier is a carrier operating on a second frequency (e.g., FR2) that may be configured once the RRC connection is established between the UE 104 and the anchor carrier and that may be used to provide additional radio resources.
- the secondary carrier may be a carrier in an unlicensed frequency.
- the secondary carrier may contain only necessary signaling information and signals, for example, those that are UE-specific may not be present in the secondary carrier, since both primary uplink and downlink carriers are typically UE-specific. This means that different UEs 104/182 in a cell may have different downlink primary carriers. The same is true for the uplink primary carriers.
- the network is able to change the primary carrier of any UE 104/182 at any time. This is done, for example, to balance the load on different carriers. Because a “serving cell” (whether a PCell or an SCell) corresponds to a carrier frequency / component carrier over which some base station is communicating, the term “cell,” “serving cell,” “component carrier,” “carrier frequency,” and the like can be used interchangeably.
- one of the frequencies utilized by the macro cell base stations 102 may be an anchor carrier (or “PCell”) and other frequencies utilized by the macro cell base stations 102 and/or the mmW base station 180 may be secondary carriers (“SCells”).
- PCell anchor carrier
- SCells secondary carriers
- the simultaneous transmission and/or reception of multiple carriers enables the UE 104/182 to significantly increase its data transmission and/or reception rates.
- two 20 MHz aggregated carriers in a multi-carrier system would theoretically lead to a two-fold increase in data rate (i.e., 40 MHz), compared to that attained by a single 20 MHz carrier.
- any of the illustrated UEs may receive signals 124 from one or more Earth orbiting space vehicles (SVs) 112 (e.g., satellites).
- the S Vs 112 may be part of a satellite positioning system that aUE 104 can use as an independent source of location information.
- a satellite positioning system typically includes a system of transmitters (e.g., SVs 112) positioned to enable receivers (e.g., UEs 104) to determine their location on or above the Earth based, at least in part, on positioning signals (e.g., signals 124) received from the transmitters.
- Such a transmitter typically transmits a signal marked with a repeating pseudo-random noise (PN) code of a set number of chips. While typically located in SVs 112, transmitters may sometimes be located on ground-based control stations, base stations 102, and/or other UEs 104.
- a UE 104 may include one or more dedicated receivers specifically designed to receive signals 124 for deriving geo location information from the SVs 112.
- a satellite positioning system the use of signals 124 can be augmented by various satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS) that may be associated with or otherwise enabled for use with one or more global and/or regional navigation satellite systems.
- SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
- an SBAS may include an augmentation system(s) that provides integrity information, differential corrections, etc., such as the Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS), the European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS), the Multifunctional Satellite Augmentation System (MSAS), the Global Positioning System (GPS) Aided Geo Augmented Navigation or GPS and Geo Augmented Navigation system (GAGAN), and/or the like.
- WAAS Wide Area Augmentation System
- GNOS European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service
- MSAS Multifunctional Satellite Augmentation System
- GPS Global Positioning System Aided Geo Augmented Navigation or GPS and Geo Augmented Navigation system
- GAGAN Global Positioning System
- a satellite positioning system may include any combination of one or more global and/or regional navigation satellites associated with such one
- SVs 112 may additionally or alternatively be part of one or more nonterrestrial networks (NTNs).
- NTN nonterrestrial networks
- an SV 112 is connected to an earth station (also referred to as a ground station, NTN gateway, or gateway), which in turn is connected to an element in a 5G network, such as a modified base station 102 (without a terrestrial antenna) or a network node in a 5GC.
- This element would in turn provide access to other elements in the 5G network and ultimately to entities external to the 5G network, such as Internet web servers and other user devices.
- a UE 104 may receive communication signals (e.g., signals 124) from an SV 112 instead of, or in addition to, communication signals from a terrestrial base station 102.
- V2X vehicle-to-everything
- ITS intelligent transportation systems
- V2V vehicle-to-everything
- V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure
- V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
- the goal is for vehicles to be able to sense the environment around them and communicate that information to other vehicles, infrastructure, and personal mobile devices.
- vehicle communication will enable safety, mobility, and environmental advancements that current technologies are unable to provide.
- the wireless communications system 100 may include multiple V-UEs 160 that may communicate with base stations 102 over communication links 120 using the Uu interface (i.e., the air interface between a UE and a base station). V-UEs 160 may also communicate directly with each other over a wireless sidelink 162, with a roadside unit (RSU) 164 (a roadside access point) over a wireless sidelink 166, or with sidelink-capable UEs 104 over a wireless sidelink 168 using the PC5 interface (i.e., the air interface between sidelink-capable UEs).
- RSU roadside unit
- a wireless sidelink is an adaptation of the core cellular (e.g., LTE, NR) standard that allows direct communication between two or more UEs without the communication needing to go through a base station.
- Sidelink communication may be unicast or multicast, and may be used for device- to-device (D2D) media-sharing, V2V communication, V2X communication (e.g., cellular V2X (cV2X) communication, enhanced V2X (eV2X) communication, etc.), emergency rescue applications, etc.
- One or more of a group of V-UEs 160 utilizing sidelink communications may be within the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 102.
- V-UEs 160 in such a group may be outside the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 102 or be otherwise unable to receive transmissions from a base station 102.
- groups of V-UEs 160 communicating via sidelink communications may utilize a one-to-many (1:M) system in which each V-UE 160 transmits to every other V- UE 160 in the group.
- a base station 102 facilitates the scheduling of resources for sidelink communications.
- sidelink communications are carried out between V-UEs 160 without the involvement of a base station 102.
- the sidelinks 162, 166, 168 may operate over a wireless communication medium of interest, which may be shared with other wireless communications between other vehicles and/or infrastructure access points, as well as other RATs.
- a “medium” may be composed of one or more time, frequency, and/or space communication resources (e.g., encompassing one or more channels across one or more carriers) associated with wireless communication between one or more transmitter / receiver pairs.
- the sidelinks 162, 166, 168 may be cV2X links.
- a first generation of cV2X has been standardized in LTE, and the next generation is expected to be defined in NR.
- cV2X is a cellular technology that also enables device-to-device communications. In the U.S. and Europe, cV2X is expected to operate in the licensed ITS band in sub-6GHz. Other bands may be allocated in other countries.
- the medium of interest utilized by sidelinks 162, 166, 168 may correspond to at least a portion of the licensed ITS frequency band of sub-6GHz. However, the present disclosure is not limited to this frequency band or cellular technology.
- the sidelinks 162, 166, 168 may be dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) links.
- DSRC is a one-way or two-way short-range to medium-range wireless communication protocol that uses the wireless access for vehicular environments (WAVE) protocol, also known as IEEE 802. l ip, for V2V, V2I, and V2P communications.
- IEEE 802.1 Ip is an approved amendment to the IEEE 802.11 standard and operates in the licensed ITS band of 5.9 GHz (5.85-5.925 GHz) in the U.S. In Europe, IEEE 802.1 Ip operates in the ITS G5A band (5.875 - 5.905 MHz). Other bands may be allocated in other countries.
- the medium of interest may correspond to at least a portion of an unlicensed frequency band shared among various RATs.
- different licensed frequency bands have been reserved for certain communication systems (e.g., by a government entity such as the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) in the United States), these systems, in particular those employing small cell access points, have recently extended operation into unlicensed frequency bands such as the Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) band used by wireless local area network (WLAN) technologies, most notably IEEE 802.1 lx WLAN technologies generally referred to as “Wi-Fi.”
- U-NII Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure
- Wi-Fi Wireless Local Area Network
- Example systems of this type include different variants of CDMA systems, TDMA systems, FDMA systems, orthogonal FDMA (OFDMA) systems, single-carrier FDMA (SC-FDMA) systems, and so on.
- the V2P communications between a V-UE 160 and a UE 104 may include information about, for example, the position, speed, acceleration, and heading of the V-UE 160 and the position, speed (e.g., where the UE 104 is carried by a user on a bicycle), and heading of the UE 104.
- FIG. 1 only illustrates two of the UEs as V-UEs (V-UEs 160), any of the illustrated UEs (e.g., UEs 104, 152, 182, 190) may be V-UEs.
- any of the UEs illustrated in FIG. 1 may be capable of sidelink communication.
- UE 182 was described as being capable of beam forming, any of the illustrated UEs, including V-UEs 160, may be capable of beam forming.
- V-UEs 160 are capable of beam forming, they may beam form towards each other (i.e., towards other V-UEs 160), towards RSUs 164, towards other UEs (e.g., UEs 104, 152, 182, 190), etc. Thus, in some cases, V-UEs 160 may utilize beamforming over sidelinks 162, 166, and 168.
- the wireless communications system 100 may further include one or more UEs, such as UE 190, that connects indirectly to one or more communication networks via one or more device-to-device (D2D) peer-to-peer (P2P) links.
- D2D device-to-device
- P2P peer-to-peer
- UE 190 has a D2D P2P link 192 with one of the UEs 104 connected to one of the base stations 102 (e.g., through which UE 190 may indirectly obtain cellular connectivity) and a D2D P2P link 194 with WLAN STA 152 connected to the WLAN AP 150 (through which UE 190 may indirectly obtain WLAN-based Internet connectivity).
- the D2D P2P links 192 and 194 may be supported with any well-known D2D RAT, such as LTE Direct (LTE-D), WiFi Direct (WiFi-D), Bluetooth®, and so on.
- the D2D P2P links 192 and 194 may be sidelinks, as described above with reference to sidelinks 162, 166, and 168.
- FIG. 2A illustrates an example wireless network structure 200.
- a 5GC 210 also referred to as a Next Generation Core (NGC)
- C-plane control plane
- U-plane user plane
- User plane interface (NG-U) 213 and control plane interface (NG-C) 215 connect the gNB 222 to the 5GC 210 and specifically to the user plane functions 212 and control plane functions 214, respectively.
- an ng-eNB 224 may also be connected to the 5GC 210 via NG-C 215 to the control plane functions 214 and NG-U 213 to user plane functions 212. Further, ng-eNB 224 may directly communicate with gNB 222 via a backhaul connection 223.
- a Next Generation RAN (NG-RAN) 220 may have one or more gNBs 222, while other configurations include one or more of both ng-eNBs 224 and gNBs 222. Either (or both) gNB 222 or ng-eNB 224 may communicate with one or more UEs 204 (e.g., any of the UEs described herein).
- a location server 230 which may be in communication with the 5GC 210 to provide location assistance for UE(s) 204.
- the location server 230 can be implemented as a plurality of separate servers (e.g., physically separate servers, different software modules on a single server, different software modules spread across multiple physical servers, etc.), or alternately may each correspond to a single server.
- the location server 230 can be configured to support one or more location services for UEs 204 that can connect to the location server 230 via the core network, 5GC 210, and/or via the Internet (not illustrated). Further, the location server 230 may be integrated into a component of the core network, or alternatively may be external to the core network (e.g., a third party server, such as an original equipment manufacturer (OEM) server or service server).
- OEM original equipment manufacturer
- FIG. 2B illustrates another example wireless network structure 240.
- a 5GC 260 (which may correspond to 5GC 210 in FIG. 2A) can be viewed functionally as control plane functions, provided by an access and mobility management function (AMF) 264, and user plane functions, provided by a user plane function (UPF) 262, which operate cooperatively to form the core network (i.e., 5GC 260).
- AMF access and mobility management function
- UPF user plane function
- the functions of the AMF 264 include registration management, connection management, reachability management, mobility management, lawful interception, transport for session management (SM) messages between one or more UEs 204 (e.g., any of the UEs described herein) and a session management function (SMF) 266, transparent proxy services for routing SM messages, access authentication and access authorization, transport for short message service (SMS) messages between the UE 204 and the short message service function (SMSF) (not shown), and security anchor functionality (SEAF).
- the AMF 264 also interacts with an authentication server function (AUSF) (not shown) and the UE 204, and receives the intermediate key that was established as a result of the UE 204 authentication process.
- AUSF authentication server function
- the AMF 264 retrieves the security material from the AUSF.
- the functions of the AMF 264 also include security context management (SCM).
- SCM receives a key from the SEAF that it uses to derive access-network specific keys.
- the functionality of the AMF 264 also includes location services management for regulatory services, transport for location services messages between the UE 204 and a location management function (LMF) 270 (which acts as a location server 230), transport for location services messages between the NG-RAN 220 and the LMF 270, evolved packet system (EPS) bearer identifier allocation for interworking with the EPS, and UE 204 mobility event notification.
- LMF location management function
- EPS evolved packet system
- the AMF 264 also supports functionalities for non-3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project) access networks.
- Functions of the UPF 262 include acting as an anchor point for intra-/inter-RAT mobility (when applicable), acting as an external protocol data unit (PDU) session point of interconnect to a data network (not shown), providing packet routing and forwarding, packet inspection, user plane policy rule enforcement (e.g., gating, redirection, traffic steering), lawful interception (user plane collection), traffic usage reporting, quality of service (QoS) handling for the user plane (e.g., uplink/ downlink rate enforcement, reflective QoS marking in the downlink), uplink traffic verification (service data flow (SDF) to QoS flow mapping), transport level packet marking in the uplink and downlink, downlink packet buffering and downlink data notification triggering, and sending and forwarding of one or more “end markers” to the source RAN node.
- the UPF 262 may also support transfer of location services messages over a user plane between the UE 204 and a location server, such as an SLP 272.
- the functions of the SMF 266 include session management, UE Internet protocol (IP) address allocation and management, selection and control of user plane functions, configuration of traffic steering at the UPF 262 to route traffic to the proper destination, control of part of policy enforcement and QoS, and downlink data notification.
- IP Internet protocol
- the interface over which the SMF 266 communicates with the AMF 264 is referred to as the Ni l interface.
- Another optional aspect may include an LMF 270, which may be in communication with the 5GC 260 to provide location assistance for UEs 204.
- the LMF 270 can be implemented as a plurality of separate servers (e.g., physically separate servers, different software modules on a single server, different software modules spread across multiple physical servers, etc.), or alternately may each correspond to a single server.
- the LMF 270 can be configured to support one or more location services for UEs 204 that can connect to the LMF 270 via the core network, 5GC 260, and/or via the Internet (not illustrated).
- the SLP 272 may support similar functions to the LMF 270, but whereas the LMF 270 may communicate with the AMF 264, NG-RAN 220, and UEs 204 over a control plane (e.g., using interfaces and protocols intended to convey signaling messages and not voice or data), the SLP 272 may communicate with UEs 204 and external clients (e.g., third-party server 274) over a user plane (e.g., using protocols intended to carry voice and/or data like the transmission control protocol (TCP) and/or IP).
- TCP transmission control protocol
- Yet another optional aspect may include a third-party server 274, which may be in communication with the LMF 270, the SLP 272, the 5GC 260 (e.g., via the AMF 264 and/or the UPF 262), the NG-RAN 220, and/or the UE 204 to obtain location information (e.g., a location estimate) for the UE 204.
- the third-party server 274 may be referred to as a location services (LCS) client or an external client.
- the third- party server 274 can be implemented as a plurality of separate servers (e.g., physically separate servers, different software modules on a single server, different software modules spread across multiple physical servers, etc.), or alternately may each correspond to a single server.
- User plane interface 263 and control plane interface 265 connect the 5GC 260, and specifically the UPF 262 and AMF 264, respectively, to one or more gNBs 222 and/or ng-eNBs 224 in the NG-RAN 220.
- the interface between gNB(s) 222 and/or ng-eNB(s) 224 and the AMF 264 is referred to as the “N2” interface
- the interface between gNB(s) 222 and/or ng-eNB(s) 224 and the UPF 262 is referred to as the “N3” interface.
- the gNB(s) 222 and/or ng-eNB(s) 224 of the NG-RAN 220 may communicate directly with each other via backhaul connections 223, referred to as the “Xn-C” interface.
- One or more of gNBs 222 and/or ng-eNBs 224 may communicate with one or more UEs 204 over a wireless interface, referred to as the “Uu” interface.
- the functionality of a gNB 222 may be divided between a gNB central unit (gNB-CU) 226, one or more gNB distributed units (gNB-DUs) 228, and one or more gNB radio units (gNB-RUs) 229.
- a gNB-CU 226 is a logical node that includes the base station functions of transferring user data, mobility control, radio access network sharing, positioning, session management, and the like, except for those functions allocated exclusively to the gNB-DU(s) 228. More specifically, the gNB-CU 226 generally host the radio resource control (RRC), service data adaptation protocol (SDAP), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) protocols of the gNB 222.
- RRC radio resource control
- SDAP service data adaptation protocol
- PDCP packet data convergence protocol
- a gNB-DU 228 is a logical node that generally hosts the radio link control (RLC) and medium access control (MAC) layer of the gNB 222. Its operation is controlled by the gNB-CU 226.
- One gNB-DU 228 can support one or more cells, and one cell is supported by only one gNB-DU 228.
- the interface 232 between the gNB-CU 226 and the one or more gNB-DUs 228 is referred to as the “Fl” interface.
- the physical (PHY) layer functionality of a gNB 222 is generally hosted by one or more standalone gNB-RUs 229 that perform functions such as power amplification and signal transmission/reception.
- the interface between a gNB-DU 228 and a gNB-RU 229 is referred to as the “Fx” interface.
- a UE 204 communicates with the gNB-CU 226 via the RRC, SDAP, and PDCP layers, with a gNB-DU 228 via the RLC and MAC layers, and with a gNB-RU 229 via the PHY layer.
- a network node a network entity, a mobility element of a network, a RAN node, a core network node, a network element, or a network equipment, such as a base station, or one or more units (or one or more components) performing base station functionality, may be implemented in an aggregated or disaggregated architecture.
- a base station such as a Node B (NB), evolved NB (eNB), NR base station, 5GNB, access point (AP), a transmit receive point (TRP), or a cell, etc.
- NB Node B
- eNB evolved NB
- 5GNB 5GNB
- AP access point
- TRP transmit receive point
- a cell etc.
- a base station may be implemented as an aggregated base station (also known as a standalone base station or a monolithic base station) or a disaggregated base station.
- An aggregated base station may be configured to utilize a radio protocol stack that is physically or logically integrated within a single RAN node.
- a disaggregated base station may be configured to utilize a protocol stack that is physically or logically distributed among two or more units (such as one or more central or centralized units (CUs), one or more distributed units (DUs), or one or more radio units (RUs)).
- CUs central or centralized units
- DUs distributed units
- RUs radio units
- a CU may be implemented within a RAN node, and one or more DUs may be co-located with the CU, or alternatively, may be geographically or virtually distributed throughout one or multiple other RAN nodes.
- the DUs may be implemented to communicate with one or more RUs.
- Each of the CU, DU and RU also can be implemented as virtual units, i.e., a virtual central unit (VCU), a virtual distributed unit (VDU), or a virtual radio unit (VRU).
- VCU virtual central unit
- VDU virtual distributed unit
- VRU virtual radio unit
- Base station-type operation or network design may consider aggregation characteristics of base station functionality.
- disaggregated base stations may be utilized in an integrated access backhaul (IAB) network, an open radio access network (0-RAN (such as the network configuration sponsored by the 0-RAN Alliance)), or a virtualized radio access network (vRAN, also known as a cloud radio access network (C-RAN)).
- vRAN virtualized radio access network
- C-RAN cloud radio access network
- Disaggregation may include distributing functionality across two or more units at various physical locations, as well as distributing functionality for at least one unit virtually, which can enable flexibility in network design.
- the various units of the disaggregated base station, or disaggregated RAN architecture can
- FIG. 2C illustrates an example disaggregated base station architecture 250, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- the disaggregated base station architecture 250 may include one or more central units (CUs) 280 (e.g., gNB-CU 226) that can communicate directly with a core network 267 (e.g., 5GC 210, 5GC 260) via a backhaul link, or indirectly with the core network 267 through one or more disaggregated base station units (such as a Near-Real Time (Near-RT) RAN Intelligent Controller (RIC) 259 via an E2 link, or a Non-Real Time (Non-RT) RIC 257 associated with a Service Management and Orchestration (SMO) Framework 255, or both).
- CUs central units
- a CU 280 may communicate with one or more distributed units (DUs) 285 (e.g., gNB-DUs 228) via respective midhaul links, such as an Fl interface.
- the DUs 285 may communicate with one or more radio units (RUs) 287 (e.g., gNB-RUs 229) via respective fronthaul links.
- the RUs 287 may communicate with respective UEs 204 via one or more radio frequency (RF) access links.
- RF radio frequency
- the UE 204 may be simultaneously served by multiple RUs 287.
- Each of the units may include one or more interfaces or be coupled to one or more interfaces configured to receive or transmit signals, data, or information (collectively, signals) via a wired or wireless transmission medium.
- Each of the units, or an associated processor or controller providing instructions to the communication interfaces of the units can be configured to communicate with one or more of the other units via the transmission medium.
- the units can include a wired interface configured to receive or transmit signals over a wired transmission medium to one or more of the other units.
- the units can include a wireless interface, which may include a receiver, a transmitter or transceiver (such as a radio frequency (RF) transceiver), configured to receive or transmit signals, or both, over a wireless transmission medium to one or more of the other units.
- a wireless interface which may include a receiver, a transmitter or transceiver (such as a radio frequency (RF) transceiver), configured to receive or transmit signals, or both, over a wireless transmission medium to one or more of the other units.
- RF radio frequency
- the CU 280 may host one or more higher layer control functions. Such control functions can include radio resource control (RRC), packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), service data adaptation protocol (SDAP), or the like. Each control function can be implemented with an interface configured to communicate signals with other control functions hosted by the CU 280.
- the CU 280 may be configured to handle user plane functionality (i.e., Central Unit - User Plane (CU-UP)), control plane functionality (i.e., Central Unit - Control Plane (CU-CP)), or a combination thereof.
- the CU 280 can be logically split into one or more CU-UP units and one or more CU-CP units.
- the CU-UP unit can communicate bidirectionally with the CU-CP unit via an interface, such as the El interface when implemented in an 0-RAN configuration.
- the CU 280 can be implemented to communicate with the DU 285, as necessary, for network control and signaling.
- the DU 285 may correspond to a logical unit that includes one or more base station functions to control the operation of one or more RUs 287.
- the DU 285 may host one or more of a radio link control (RLC) layer, a medium access control (MAC) layer, and one or more high physical (PHY) layers (such as modules for forward error correction (FEC) encoding and decoding, scrambling, modulation and demodulation, or the like) depending, at least in part, on a functional split, such as those defined by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).
- the DU 285 may further host one or more low PHY layers.
- Each layer can be implemented with an interface configured to communicate signals with other layers (and modules) hosted by the DU 285, or with the control functions hosted by the CU 280.
- Lower-layer functionality can be implemented by one or more RUs 287.
- an RU 287, controlled by a DU 285, may correspond to a logical node that hosts RF processing functions, or low-PHY layer functions (such as performing fast Fourier transform (FFT), inverse FFT (iFFT), digital beamforming, physical random access channel (PRACH) extraction and filtering, or the like), or both, based at least in part on the functional split, such as a lower layer functional split.
- FFT fast Fourier transform
- iFFT inverse FFT
- PRACH physical random access channel
- the RU(s) 287 can be implemented to handle over the air (OTA) communication with one or more UEs 204.
- OTA over the air
- real-time and non-real-time aspects of control and user plane communication with the RU(s) 287 can be controlled by the corresponding DU 285.
- this configuration can enable the DU(s) 285 and the CU 280 to be implemented in a cloud-based RAN architecture, such as a vRAN architecture.
- the SMO Framework 255 may be configured to support RAN deployment and provisioning of non-virtualized and virtualized network elements.
- the SMO Framework 255 may be configured to support the deployment of dedicated physical resources for RAN coverage requirements which may be managed via an operations and maintenance interface (such as an 01 interface).
- the SMO Framework 255 may be configured to interact with a cloud computing platform (such as an open cloud (O-Cloud) 269) to perform network element life cycle management (such as to instantiate virtualized network elements) via a cloud computing platform interface (such as an 02 interface).
- a cloud computing platform such as an open cloud (O-Cloud) 269) to perform network element life cycle management (such as to instantiate virtualized network elements) via a cloud computing platform interface (such as an 02 interface).
- Such virtualized network elements can include, but are not limited to, CUs 280, DUs 285, RUs 287 and Near-RT RICs 259.
- the SMO Framework 255 can communicate with a hardware aspect of a 4G RAN, such as an open eNB (O-eNB) 261, via an 01 interface. Additionally, in some implementations, the SMO Framework 255 can communicate directly with one or more RUs 287 via an 01 interface.
- the SMO Framework 255 also may include a Non-RT RIC 257 configured to support functionality of the SMO Framework 255.
- the Non-RT RIC 257 may be configured to include a logical function that enables non- real-time control and optimization of RAN elements and resources, Artificial Intelligence/Machine Learning (AI/ML) workflows including model training and updates, or policy-based guidance of applications/features in the Near-RT RIC 259.
- the Non-RT RIC 257 may be coupled to or communicate with (such as via an Al interface) the Near-RT RIC 259.
- the Near-RT RIC 259 may be configured to include a logical function that enables near-real-time control and optimization of RAN elements and resources via data collection and actions over an interface (such as via an E2 interface) connecting one or more CUs 280, one or more DUs 285, or both, as well as an O-eNB, with the Near-RT RIC 259.
- the Non-RT RIC 257 may receive parameters or external enrichment information from external servers. Such information may be utilized by the Near-RT RIC 259 and may be received at the SMO Framework 255 or the Non-RT RIC 257 from non-network data sources or from network functions.
- the Non-RT RIC 257 or the Near-RT RIC 259 may be configured to tune RAN behavior or performance.
- the Non-RT RIC 257 may monitor long-term trends and patterns for performance and employ AI/ML models to perform corrective actions through the SMO Framework 255 (such as reconfiguration via 01) or via creation of RAN management policies (such as Al policies).
- FIGS. 3A, 3B, and 3C illustrate several example components (represented by corresponding blocks) that may be incorporated into a UE 302 (which may correspond to any of the UEs described herein), a base station 304 (which may correspond to any of the base stations described herein), and a network entity 306 (which may correspond to or embody any of the network functions described herein, including the location server 230 and the LMF 270, or alternatively may be independent from the NG-RAN 220 and/or 5GC 210/260 infrastructure depicted in FIGS. 2 A and 2B, such as a private network) to support the operations described herein.
- a UE 302 which may correspond to any of the UEs described herein
- a base station 304 which may correspond to any of the base stations described herein
- a network entity 306 which may correspond to or embody any of the network functions described herein, including the location server 230 and the LMF 270, or alternatively may be independent from the NG-RAN 220 and/or
- these components may be implemented in different types of apparatuses in different implementations (e.g., in an ASIC, in a system-on-chip (SoC), etc.).
- the illustrated components may also be incorporated into other apparatuses in a communication system.
- other apparatuses in a system may include components similar to those described to provide similar functionality.
- a given apparatus may contain one or more of the components.
- an apparatus may include multiple transceiver components that enable the apparatus to operate on multiple carriers and/or communicate via different technologies.
- the UE 302 and the base station 304 each include one or more wireless wide area network (WWAN) transceivers 310 and 350, respectively, providing means for communicating (e.g., means for transmitting, means for receiving, means for measuring, means fortuning, means for refraining from transmitting, etc.) via one or more wireless communication networks (not shown), such as an NR network, an LTE network, a GSM network, and/or the like.
- WWAN wireless wide area network
- the WWAN transceivers 310 and 350 may each be connected to one or more antennas 316 and 356, respectively, for communicating with other network nodes, such as other UEs, access points, base stations (e.g., eNBs, gNBs), etc., via at least one designated RAT (e.g., NR, LTE, GSM, etc.) over a wireless communication medium of interest (e.g., some set of time/frequency resources in a particular frequency spectrum).
- a wireless communication medium of interest e.g., some set of time/frequency resources in a particular frequency spectrum.
- the WWAN transceivers 310 and 350 may be variously configured for transmitting and encoding signals 318 and 358 (e.g., messages, indications, information, and so on), respectively, and, conversely, for receiving and decoding signals 318 and 358 (e.g., messages, indications, information, pilots, and so on), respectively, in accordance with the designated RAT.
- the WWAN transceivers 310 and 350 include one or more transmitters 314 and 354, respectively, for transmitting and encoding signals 318 and 358, respectively, and one or more receivers 312 and 352, respectively, for receiving and decoding signals 318 and 358, respectively.
- the LE 302 and the base station 304 each also include, at least in some cases, one or more short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360, respectively.
- the short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 may be connected to one or more antennas 326 and 366, respectively, and provide means for communicating (e.g., means for transmitting, means for receiving, means for measuring, means for tuning, means for refraining from transmitting, etc.) with other network nodes, such as other LEs, access points, base stations, etc., via at least one designated RAT (e.g., WiFi, LTE-D, Bluetooth®, Zigbee®, Z-Wave®, PC5, dedicated short-range communications (DSRC), wireless access for vehicular environments (WAVE), near-field communication (NFC), ultra-wideband (UWB), etc.) over a wireless communication medium of interest.
- RAT e.g., WiFi, LTE-D, Bluetooth®, Zigbee®, Z-Wave®, PC5, dedicated short-
- the short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 may be variously configured for transmitting and encoding signals 328 and 368 (e.g., messages, indications, information, and so on), respectively, and, conversely, for receiving and decoding signals 328 and 368 (e.g., messages, indications, information, pilots, and so on), respectively, in accordance with the designated RAT.
- the short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 include one or more transmitters 324 and 364, respectively, for transmitting and encoding signals 328 and 368, respectively, and one or more receivers 322 and 362, respectively, for receiving and decoding signals 328 and 368, respectively.
- the short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 may be WiFi transceivers, Bluetooth® transceivers, Zigbee® and/or Z-Wave® transceivers, NFC transceivers, UWB transceivers, or vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) and/or vehicle-to-everything (V2X) transceivers.
- the UE 302 and the base station 304 also include, at least in some cases, satellite signal receivers 330 and 370.
- the satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 may be connected to one or more antennas 336 and 376, respectively, and may provide means for receiving and/or measuring satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378, respectively.
- the satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378 may be global positioning system (GPS) signals, global navigation satellite system (GLONASS) signals, Galileo signals, Beidou signals, Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System (NAVIC), QuasiZenith Satellite System (QZSS), etc.
- GPS global positioning system
- GLONASS global navigation satellite system
- Galileo signals Galileo signals
- Beidou signals Beidou signals
- NAVIC Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System
- QZSS QuasiZenith Satellite System
- the satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378 may be communication signals (e.g., carrying control and/or user data) originating from a 5G network.
- the satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 may comprise any suitable hardware and/or software for receiving and processing satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378, respectively.
- the satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 may request information and operations as appropriate from the other systems, and, at least in some cases, perform calculations to determine locations of the UE 302 and the base station 304, respectively, using measurements obtained by any suitable satellite positioning system algorithm.
- the base station 304 and the network entity 306 each include one or more network transceivers 380 and 390, respectively, providing means for communicating (e.g., means for transmitting, means for receiving, etc.) with other network entities (e.g., other base stations 304, other network entities 306).
- the base station 304 may employ the one or more network transceivers 380 to communicate with other base stations 304 or network entities 306 over one or more wired or wireless backhaul links.
- the network entity 306 may employ the one or more network transceivers 390 to communicate with one or more base station 304 over one or more wired or wireless backhaul links, or with other network entities 306 over one or more wired or wireless core network interfaces.
- a transceiver may be configured to communicate over a wired or wireless link.
- a transceiver (whether a wired transceiver or a wireless transceiver) includes transmitter circuitry (e.g., transmitters 314, 324, 354, 364) and receiver circuitry (e.g., receivers 312, 322, 352, 362).
- a transceiver may be an integrated device (e.g., embodying transmitter circuitry and receiver circuitry in a single device) in some implementations, may comprise separate transmitter circuitry and separate receiver circuitry in some implementations, or may be embodied in other ways in other implementations.
- the transmitter circuitry and receiver circuitry of a wired transceiver may be coupled to one or more wired network interface ports.
- Wireless transmitter circuitry e.g., transmitters 314, 324, 354, 364
- wireless receiver circuitry may include or be coupled to a plurality of antennas (e.g., antennas 316, 326, 356, 366), such as an antenna array, that permits the respective apparatus (e.g., UE 302, base station 304) to perform receive beamforming, as described herein.
- the transmitter circuitry and receiver circuitry may share the same plurality of antennas (e.g., antennas 316, 326, 356, 366), such that the respective apparatus can only receive or transmit at a given time, not both at the same time.
- a wireless transceiver e.g., WWAN transceivers 310 and 350, short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360
- NLM network listen module
- the various wireless transceivers e.g., transceivers 310, 320, 350, and 360, and network transceivers 380 and 390 in some implementations
- wired transceivers e.g., network transceivers 380 and 390 in some implementations
- a transceiver at least one transceiver
- wired transceivers e.g., network transceivers 380 and 390 in some implementations
- backhaul communication between network devices or servers will generally relate to signaling via a wired transceiver
- wireless communication between a UE (e.g., UE 302) and a base station (e.g., base station 304) will generally relate to signaling via a wireless transceiver.
- the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 also include other components that may be used in conjunction with the operations as disclosed herein.
- the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 include one or more processors 332, 384, and 394, respectively, for providing functionality relating to, for example, wireless communication, and for providing other processing functionality.
- the processors 332, 384, and 394 may therefore provide means for processing, such as means for determining, means for calculating, means for receiving, means for transmitting, means for indicating, etc.
- processors 332, 384, and 394 may include, for example, one or more general purpose processors, multi-core processors, central processing units (CPUs), ASICs, digital signal processors (DSPs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), other programmable logic devices or processing circuitry, or various combinations thereof.
- the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 include memory circuitry implementing memories 340, 386, and 396 (e.g., each including a memory device), respectively, for maintaining information (e.g., information indicative of reserved resources, thresholds, parameters, and so on).
- the memories 340, 386, and 396 may therefore provide means for storing, means for retrieving, means for maintaining, etc.
- the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 may include positioning component 342, 388, and 398, respectively.
- the positioning component 342, 388, and 398 may be hardware circuits that are part of or coupled to the processors 332, 384, and 394, respectively, that, when executed, cause the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 to perform the functionality described herein. In other aspects, the positioning component 342, 388, and 398 may be external to the processors 332, 384, and 394 (e.g., part of a modem processing system, integrated with another processing system, etc.).
- the positioning component 342, 388, and 398 may be memory modules stored in the memories 340, 386, and 396, respectively, that, when executed by the processors 332, 384, and 394 (or a modem processing system, another processing system, etc.), cause the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 to perform the functionality described herein.
- FIG. 3A illustrates possible locations of the positioning component 342, which may be, for example, part of the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the memory 340, the one or more processors 332, or any combination thereof, or may be a standalone component.
- FIG. 3A illustrates possible locations of the positioning component 342, which may be, for example, part of the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the memory 340, the one or more processors 332, or any combination thereof, or may be a standalone component.
- FIG. 3B illustrates possible locations of the positioning component 388, which may be, for example, part of the one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the memory 386, the one or more processors 384, or any combination thereof, or may be a standalone component.
- FIG. 3C illustrates possible locations of the positioning component 398, which may be, for example, part of the one or more network transceivers 390, the memory 396, the one or more processors 394, or any combination thereof, or may be a standalone component.
- the UE 302 may include one or more sensors 344 coupled to the one or more processors 332 to provide means for sensing or detecting movement and/or orientation information that is independent of motion data derived from signals received by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more short-range wireless transceivers 320, and/or the satellite signal receiver 330.
- the sensor(s) 344 may include an accelerometer (e.g., a micro-electrical mechanical systems (MEMS) device), a gyroscope, a geomagnetic sensor (e.g., a compass), an altimeter (e.g., a barometric pressure altimeter), and/or any other type of movement detection sensor.
- MEMS micro-electrical mechanical systems
- the senor(s) 344 may include a plurality of different types of devices and combine their outputs in order to provide motion information.
- the sensor(s) 344 may use a combination of a multi-axis accelerometer and orientation sensors to provide the ability to compute positions in two-dimensional (2D) and/or three-dimensional (3D) coordinate systems.
- the UE 302 includes a user interface 346 providing means for providing indications (e.g., audible and/or visual indications) to a user and/or for receiving user input (e.g., upon user actuation of a sensing device such a keypad, a touch screen, a microphone, and so on).
- a user interface 346 providing means for providing indications (e.g., audible and/or visual indications) to a user and/or for receiving user input (e.g., upon user actuation of a sensing device such a keypad, a touch screen, a microphone, and so on).
- the base station 304 and the network entity 306 may also include user interfaces.
- IP packets from the network entity 306 may be provided to the processor 384.
- the one or more processors 384 may implement functionality for an RRC layer, a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, a radio link control (RLC) layer, and a medium access control (MAC) layer.
- PDCP packet data convergence protocol
- RLC radio link control
- MAC medium access control
- the one or more processors 384 may provide RRC layer functionality associated with broadcasting of system information (e.g., master information block (MIB), system information blocks (SIBs)), RRC connection control (e.g., RRC connection paging, RRC connection establishment, RRC connection modification, and RRC connection release), inter-RAT mobility, and measurement configuration for UE measurement reporting; PDCP layer functionality associated with header compression/decompression, security (ciphering, deciphering, integrity protection, integrity verification), and handover support functions; RLC layer functionality associated with the transfer of upper layer PDUs, error correction through automatic repeat request (ARQ), concatenation, segmentation, and reassembly of RLC service data units (SDUs), re-segmentation of RLC data PDUs, and reordering of RLC data PDUs; and MAC layer functionality associated with mapping between logical channels and transport channels, scheduling information reporting, error correction, priority handling, and logical channel prioritization.
- RRC layer functionality associated with broadcasting of system
- the transmitter 354 and the receiver 352 may implement Layer- 1 (LI) functionality associated with various signal processing functions.
- Layer- 1 which includes a physical (PHY) layer, may include error detection on the transport channels, forward error correction (FEC) coding/decoding of the transport channels, interleaving, rate matching, mapping onto physical channels, modulation/demodulation of physical channels, and MIMO antenna processing.
- the transmitter 354 handles mapping to signal constellations based on various modulation schemes (e.g., binary phase-shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase-shift keying (QPSK), M-phase-shift keying (M-PSK), M-quadrature amplitude modulation (M-QAM)).
- BPSK binary phase-shift keying
- QPSK quadrature phase-shift keying
- M-PSK M-phase-shift keying
- M-QAM M-quadrature amplitude modulation
- Each stream may then be mapped to an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) subcarrier, multiplexed with a reference signal (e.g., pilot) in the time and/or frequency domain, and then combined together using an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) to produce a physical channel carrying a time domain OFDM symbol stream.
- OFDM symbol stream is spatially precoded to produce multiple spatial streams.
- Channel estimates from a channel estimator may be used to determine the coding and modulation scheme, as well as for spatial processing.
- the channel estimate may be derived from a reference signal and/or channel condition feedback transmitted by the UE 302.
- Each spatial stream may then be provided to one or more different antennas 356.
- the transmitter 354 may modulate an RF carrier with a respective spatial stream for transmission.
- the receiver 312 receives a signal through its respective antenna(s) 316.
- the receiver 312 recovers information modulated onto an RF carrier and provides the information to the one or more processors 332.
- the transmitter 314 and the receiver 312 implement Lay er- 1 functionality associated with various signal processing functions.
- the receiver 312 may perform spatial processing on the information to recover any spatial streams destined for the UE 302. If multiple spatial streams are destined for the UE 302, they may be combined by the receiver 312 into a single OFDM symbol stream.
- the receiver 312 then converts the OFDM symbol stream from the time-domain to the frequency domain using a fast Fourier transform (FFT).
- FFT fast Fourier transform
- the symbols on each subcarrier, and the reference signal are recovered and demodulated by determining the most likely signal constellation points transmitted by the base station 304. These soft decisions may be based on channel estimates computed by a channel estimator. The soft decisions are then decoded and de-interleaved to recover the data and control signals that were originally transmitted by the base station 304 on the physical channel. The data and control signals are then provided to the one or more processors 332, which implements Layer-3 (L3) and Layer-2 (L2) functionality.
- L3 Layer-3
- L2 Layer-2
- the one or more processors 332 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, deciphering, header decompression, and control signal processing to recover IP packets from the core network.
- the one or more processors 332 are also responsible for error detection.
- the one or more processors 332 provides RRC layer functionality associated with system information (e.g., MIB, SIBs) acquisition, RRC connections, and measurement reporting; PDCP layer functionality associated with header compression/decompression, and security (ciphering, deciphering, integrity protection, integrity verification); REC layer functionality associated with the transfer of upper layer PDUs, error correction through ARQ, concatenation, segmentation, and reassembly of RLC SDUs, re-segmentation of RLC data PDUs, and reordering of RLC data PDUs; and MAC layer functionality associated with mapping between logical channels and transport channels, multiplexing of MAC SDUs onto transport blocks (TBs), demultiplexing of MAC SDUs from TBs, scheduling information reporting, error correction through hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ), priority handling, and logical channel prioritization.
- RRC layer functionality associated with system information (e.g., MIB, SIBs) acquisition, RRC connections, and measurement reporting
- Channel estimates derived by the channel estimator from a reference signal or feedback transmitted by the base station 304 may be used by the transmitter 314 to select the appropriate coding and modulation schemes, and to facilitate spatial processing.
- the spatial streams generated by the transmitter 314 may be provided to different antenna(s) 316.
- the transmitter 314 may modulate an RF carrier with a respective spatial stream for transmission.
- the uplink transmission is processed at the base station 304 in a manner similar to that described in connection with the receiver function at the UE 302.
- the receiver 352 receives a signal through its respective antenna(s) 356.
- the receiver 352 recovers information modulated onto an RF carrier and provides the information to the one or more processors 384.
- the one or more processors 384 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, deciphering, header decompression, control signal processing to recover IP packets from the UE 302. IP packets from the one or more processors 384 may be provided to the core network.
- the one or more processors 384 are also responsible for error detection.
- the UE 302, the base station 304, and/or the network entity 306 are shown in FIGS. 3 A, 3B, and 3C as including various components that may be configured according to the various examples described herein. It will be appreciated, however, that the illustrated components may have different functionality in different designs. In particular, various components in FIGS. 3A to 3C are optional in alternative configurations and the various aspects include configurations that may vary due to design choice, costs, use of the device, or other considerations. For example, in case of FIG.
- a particular implementation of UE 302 may omit the WWAN transceiver(s) 310 (e.g., a wearable device or tablet computer or PC or laptop may have Wi-Fi and/or Bluetooth capability without cellular capability), or may omit the short-range wireless transceiver s) 320 (e.g., cellular-only, etc.), or may omit the satellite signal receiver 330, or may omit the sensor(s) 344, and so on.
- WWAN transceiver(s) 310 e.g., a wearable device or tablet computer or PC or laptop may have Wi-Fi and/or Bluetooth capability without cellular capability
- the short-range wireless transceiver s) 320 e.g., cellular-only, etc.
- satellite signal receiver 330 e.g., cellular-only, etc.
- a particular implementation of the base station 304 may omit the WWAN transceiver(s) 350 (e.g., a Wi-Fi “hotspot” access point without cellular capability), or may omit the short-range wireless transceiver s) 360 (e.g., cellular-only, etc.), or may omit the satellite signal receiver 370, and so on.
- WWAN transceiver(s) 350 e.g., a Wi-Fi “hotspot” access point without cellular capability
- the short-range wireless transceiver s e.g., cellular-only, etc.
- satellite signal receiver 370 e.g., satellite signal receiver
- the various components of the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 may be communicatively coupled to each other over data buses 334, 382, and 392, respectively.
- the data buses 334, 382, and 392 may form, or be part of, a communication interface of the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306, respectively.
- the data buses 334, 382, and 392 may provide communication between them.
- FIGS. 3A, 3B, and 3C may be implemented in various ways.
- the components of FIGS. 3 A, 3B, and 3C may be implemented in one or more circuits such as, for example, one or more processors and/or one or more ASICs (which may include one or more processors).
- each circuit may use and/or incorporate at least one memory component for storing information or executable code used by the circuit to provide this functionality.
- some or all of the functionality represented by blocks 310 to 346 may be implemented by processor and memory component(s) of the UE 302 (e.g., by execution of appropriate code and/or by appropriate configuration of processor components).
- some or all of the functionality represented by blocks 350 to 388 may be implemented by processor and memory component(s) of the base station 304 (e.g., by execution of appropriate code and/or by appropriate configuration of processor components). Also, some or all of the functionality represented by blocks 390 to 398 may be implemented by processor and memory component(s) of the network entity 306 (e.g., by execution of appropriate code and/or by appropriate configuration of processor components). For simplicity, various operations, acts, and/or functions are described herein as being performed “by a UE,” “by a base station,” “by a network entity,” etc.
- the network entity 306 may be implemented as a core network component.
- the network entity 306 may be distinct from a network operator or operation of the cellular network infrastructure (e.g., NG RAN 220 and/or 5GC 210/260).
- the network entity 306 may be a component of a private network that may be configured to communicate with the UE 302 via the base station 304 or independently from the base station 304 (e.g., over a non-cellular communication link, such as WiFi).
- NR supports a number of cellular network-based positioning technologies, including downlink-based, uplink-based, and downlink-and-uplink-based positioning methods.
- Downlink-based positioning methods include observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) in LTE, downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA) in NR, and downlink angle-of-departure (DL-AoD) in NR.
- OTDOA observed time difference of arrival
- DL-TDOA downlink time difference of arrival
- DL-AoD downlink angle-of-departure
- FIG. 4 illustrates examples of various positioning methods, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- a UE measures the differences between the times of arrival (ToAs) of reference signals (e.g., positioning reference signals (PRS)) received from pairs of base stations, referred to as reference signal time difference (RSTD) or time difference of arrival (TDOA) measurements, and reports them to a positioning entity. More specifically, the UE receives the identifiers (IDs) of a reference base station (e.g., a serving base station) and multiple non-reference base stations in assistance data. The UE then measures the RSTD between the reference base station and each of the non-reference base stations. Based on the known locations of the involved base stations and the RSTD measurements, the positioning entity (e.g., the UE for UE-based positioning or a location server for UE-assisted positioning) can estimate the UE’s location.
- ToAs times of arrival
- PRS positioning reference signals
- RSTD reference signal time difference
- TDOA time difference of arrival
- the positioning entity uses a measurement report from the UE of received signal strength measurements of multiple downlink transmit beams to determine the angle(s) between the UE and the transmitting base station(s). The positioning entity can then estimate the location of the UE based on the determined angle(s) and the known location(s) of the transmitting base station(s).
- Uplink-based positioning methods include uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA) and uplink angle-of-arrival (UL-AoA).
- UL-TDOA is similar to DL-TDOA, but is based on uplink reference signals (e.g., sounding reference signals (SRS)) transmitted by the UE to multiple base stations.
- uplink reference signals e.g., sounding reference signals (SRS)
- SRS sounding reference signals
- a UE transmits one or more uplink reference signals that are measured by a reference base station and a plurality of non-reference base stations.
- Each base station reports the reception time (referred to as the relative time of arrival (RTOA)) of the reference signal(s) to a positioning entity (e.g., a location server) that knows the locations and relative timing of the involved base stations.
- a positioning entity e.g., a location server
- the positioning entity can estimate the location of the UE using TDOA.
- one or more base stations measure the received signal strength of one or more uplink reference signals (e.g., SRS) received from a UE on one or more uplink receive beams.
- the positioning entity uses the signal strength measurements and the angle(s) of the receive beam(s) to determine the angle(s) between the UE and the base station(s). Based on the determined angle(s) and the known location(s) of the base station(s), the positioning entity can then estimate the location of the UE.
- uplink reference signals e.g., SRS
- Downlink-and-uplink-based positioning methods include enhanced cell-ID (E-CID) positioning and multi -round-trip-time (RTT) positioning (also referred to as “multi-cell RTT” and “multi -RTT”).
- E-CID enhanced cell-ID
- RTT multi -round-trip-time
- a first entity e.g., a base station or a UE
- a second entity e.g., a UE or base station
- a second RTT-related signal e.g., an SRS or PRS
- Each entity measures the time difference between the time of arrival (ToA) of the received RTT-related signal and the transmission time of the transmitted RTT-related signal. This time difference is referred to as a reception-to-transmission (Rx- Tx) time difference.
- the Rx-Tx time difference measurement may be made, or may be adjusted, to include only a time difference between nearest slot boundaries for the received and transmitted signals.
- Both entities may then send their Rx-Tx time difference measurement to a location server (e.g., an LMF 270), which calculates the round trip propagation time (i.e., RTT) between the two entities from the two Rx-Tx time difference measurements (e.g., as the sum of the two Rx-Tx time difference measurements).
- a location server e.g., an LMF 270
- one entity may send its Rx-Tx time difference measurement to the other entity, which then calculates the RTT.
- the distance between the two entities can be determined from the RTT and the known signal speed (e.g., the speed of light).
- a first entity e.g., a UE or base station
- multiple second entities e.g., multiple base stations or UEs
- RTT and multi-RTT methods can be combined with other positioning techniques, such as UL-AoA and DL-AoD, to improve location accuracy, as illustrated by scenario 440.
- the E-CID positioning method is based on radio resource management (RRM) measurements.
- RRM radio resource management
- the UE reports the serving cell ID, the timing advance (TA), and the identifiers, estimated timing, and signal strength of detected neighbor base stations.
- the location of the UE is then estimated based on this information and the known locations of the base station(s).
- a location server may provide assistance data to the UE.
- the assistance data may include identifiers of the base stations (or the cells/TRPs of the base stations) from which to measure reference signals, the reference signal configuration parameters (e.g., the number of consecutive slots including PRS, periodicity of the consecutive slots including PRS, muting sequence, frequency hopping sequence, reference signal identifier, reference signal bandwidth, etc.), and/or other parameters applicable to the particular positioning method.
- the assistance data may originate directly from the base stations themselves (e.g., in periodically broadcasted overhead messages, etc.).
- the UE may be able to detect neighbor network nodes itself without the use of assistance data.
- the assistance data may further include an expected RSTD value and an associated uncertainty, or search window, around the expected RSTD.
- the value range of the expected RSTD may be +/- 500 microseconds (ps).
- the value range for the uncertainty of the expected RSTD may be +/- 32 ps.
- the value range for the uncertainty of the expected RSTD may be +/- 8 ps.
- a location estimate may be referred to by other names, such as a position estimate, location, position, position fix, fix, or the like.
- a location estimate may be geodetic and comprise coordinates (e.g., latitude, longitude, and possibly altitude) or may be civic and comprise a street address, postal address, or some other verbal description of a location.
- a location estimate may further be defined relative to some other known location or defined in absolute terms (e.g., using latitude, longitude, and possibly altitude).
- a location estimate may include an expected error or uncertainty (e.g., by including an area or volume within which the location is expected to be included with some specified or default level of confidence).
- FIG. 5 is a diagram 500 illustrating an example PRS configuration for two TRPs (labeled “TRP1” and “TRP2”) operating in the same positioning frequency layer (labeled “Positioning Frequency Layer 1”), according to aspects of the disclosure.
- a UE may be provided with assistance data indicating the illustrated PRS configuration.
- the first TRP (“TRP1”) is associated with (e.g., transmits) two PRS resource sets, labeled “PRS Resource Set 1” and “PRS Resource Set 2,” and the second TRP (“TRP2”) is associated with one PRS resource set, labeled “PRS Resource Set 3.”
- Each PRS resource set comprises at least two PRS resources.
- the first PRS resource set (“PRS Resource Set 1”) includes PRS resources labeled “PRS Resource 1” and “PRS Resource 2”
- the second PRS resource set (“PRS Resource Set 2”) includes PRS resources labeled “PRS Resource 3” and “PRS Resource 4”
- the third PRS resource set (“PRS Resource Set 3”) includes PRS resources labeled “PRS Resource 5” and “PRS Resource 6.”
- the UE When a UE is configured in the assistance data of a positioning method with a number of PRS resources beyond its capability, the UE assumes the PRS resources in the assistance data are sorted in a decreasing order of measurement priority.
- the 64 TRPs per frequency layer are sorted according to priority and the two PRS resource sets per TRP of the frequency layer are sorted according to priority.
- the four frequency layers may or may not be sorted according to priority, and the 64 PRS resources of the PRS resource set per TRP per frequency layer may or may not be sorted according to priority.
- the reference indicated by the assistance data parameter “nr-DL-PRS- Referencelnfo” for each frequency layer has the highest priority, at least for DL-TDOA positioning procedures.
- a first mode the base station allocates time and/or frequency resources for sidelink communication between the involved V-UEs via downlink control information 3 0 (DCI 3 0).
- DCI 3 0 downlink control information 3 0
- Each V-UE uses the allocated resources to transmit ranging signals (e.g., SL-PRS) to the other V-UE(s).
- ranging signals e.g., SL-PRS
- a second mode (Mode 2), the involved UEs autonomously select sidelink resources to use for transmission of ranging signals.
- a V-UE can only use the first mode if it has cellular coverage, and can use the second mode regardless of whether or not it has cellular coverage.
- FIG. 5 illustrates two V-UEs, as will be appreciated, they need not be V-UEs, and may instead be any other type of UE capable of sidelink communication. In addition, there may be more than the two V-UEs 504 and 506 illustrated.
- FIG. 6A illustrates various scenarios of interest for sidelink-only or joint Uu and sidelink positioning, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- at least one peer UE with a known location can improve the Uu-based positioning (e.g., multi-cell round-trip-time (RTT), downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA), etc.) of a target UE by providing an additional anchor (e.g., using sidelink RTT (SL-RTT)).
- RTT multi-cell round-trip-time
- DL-TDOA downlink time difference of arrival
- SL-RTT sidelink RTT
- a low-end (e.g., reduced capacity, or “RedCap”) target UE may obtain the assistance of premium UEs to determine its location using, e.g., sidelink positioning and ranging procedures with the premium UEs.
- the premium UEs may have more capabilities, such as more sensors, a faster processor, more memory, more antenna elements, higher transmit power capability, access to additional frequency bands, or any combination thereof.
- a relay UE e.g., with a known location
- Scenario 640 illustrates the joint positioning of multiple UEs. Specifically, in scenario 640, two UEs with unknown positions can be jointly located in non-line-of-sight (NLOS) conditions by utilizing constraints from nearby UEs.
- NLOS non-line-of-sight
- FIG. 6B illustrates additional scenarios of interest for sidelink-only or joint Uu and sidelink positioning, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- UEs used for public safety may perform peer-to-peer (P2P) positioning and ranging for public safety and other uses.
- P2P peer-to-peer
- the public safety UEs may be out of coverage of a network and determine a location or a relative distance and a relative position among the public safety UEs using sidelink positioning techniques.
- scenario 660 shows multiple UEs that are out of coverage and determine a location or a relative distance and a relative position using sidelink positioning techniques, such as SL-RTT.
- Sidelink-based ranging enables the determination of the relative distance(s) between UEs and optionally their absolute position(s), where the absolute position of at least one involved UE is known. This technique is valuable in situations where global navigation satellite system (GNSS) positioning is degraded or unavailable (e.g., tunnels, urban canyons, etc.) and can also enhance range and positioning accuracy when GNSS is available.
- GNSS global navigation satellite system
- Sidelink-based ranging can be accomplished using a three-way handshake for session establishment, followed by the exchange of positioning reference signals (PRS), and concluded by messaging to exchange measurements based on PRS transmission and receipt from peer UEs.
- PRS positioning reference signals
- Sidelink ranging is based on calculating an inter-UE round-trip-time (RTT) measurement, as determined from the transmit and receive times of PRS (a wideband positioning signal defined in LTE and NR).
- RTT round-trip-time
- PRS a wideband positioning signal defined in LTE and NR.
- Each UE reports an RTT measurement to all other participating UEs, along with its location (if known).
- the RTT procedure yields an inter-UE range between the involved UEs.
- the range yields an absolute position.
- UE participation, PRS transmission, and subsequent RTT calculation is coordinated by an initial three-way messaging handshake (a PRS request, a PRS response, and a PRS confirmation), and a message exchange after PRS transmission (post PRS messages) to share measurements after receiving a peer UE’s PRS.
- an initial three-way messaging handshake a PRS request, a PRS response, and a PRS confirmation
- post PRS messages a message exchange after PRS transmission
- FIG. 7 illustrates an example sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- the sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700 may also be referred to as a sidelink RTT positioning procedure.
- Sidelink ranging is based on calculating an inter-UE RTT measurement, as determined from the transmit and receive times of PRS (a wideband reference signal defined in LTE and NR for positioning).
- PRS a wideband reference signal defined in LTE and NR for positioning
- Each UE reports an RTT measurement to all other participating UEs, along with its location (if known).
- the RTT procedure yields an inter-UE range between the involved UEs.
- the range yields an absolute location.
- UE participation, PRS transmission, and subsequent RTT calculation is coordinated by an initial three-way messaging handshake (a PRS request, a PRS response, and a PRS confirmation), and a message exchange after PRS transmission (post PRS messages) to share measurements after receiving a peer UE’s PRS.
- an initial three-way messaging handshake a PRS request, a PRS response, and a PRS confirmation
- post PRS messages a message exchange after PRS transmission
- the sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700 begins with the broadcast of capability information by the involved peer UEs at stage 705.
- one of the peer UEs, UE 204-1 e.g., any of the sidelink-capable UEs described herein
- the anchor UE 204-1 includes an indication in its capability message(s) that it is capable of being an anchor UE for the sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700.
- the capability message(s) may also include the location of the anchor UE 204-1, or this may be provided later.
- the other UE, UE 204-2 (e.g., any other of the sidelink-capable UEs described herein), is a target UE, meaning it has an unknown or inaccurate location and is attempting to be located. Based on the capability information received from the anchor UE 204-1, indicating that the anchor UE 204-1 is an anchor UE, the target UE 204-2 knows that it will be able to determine its location based on performing the sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700 with the anchor UE 204-1.
- the involved UEs 204 perform a three-way messaging handshake.
- the anchor UE 204-1 transmits a PRS request (labeled “PRSrequest”) to the target UE 204-2.
- the target UE 204-2 transmits a PRS response (labeled “PRSresponse”) to the anchor UE 204-1.
- the anchor UE 204-1 transmits a PRS confirmation to the target UE 204-2.
- the three-way messaging handshake is complete. Note that although FIG. 7 illustrates the anchor UE 204-1 initiating the three-way message handshake, it may instead be initiated by the target UE 204-2.
- the involved peer UEs 204 transmit PRS to each other.
- the resources on which the PRS are transmitted may be configured / allocated by the network (e.g., one of the UE’s 204 serving base station) or negotiated by the UEs 204 during the three-way messaging handshake.
- the anchor UE 204-1 measures the transmission-to- reception (Tx-Rx) time difference between the transmission time of PRS at stage 725 and the reception time of PRS at stage 730.
- the target UE 204-2 measures the reception-to- transmission (Rx-Tx) time difference between the reception time of PRS at stage 725 and the transmission time of PRS at stage 730. Note that although FIG. 7 illustrates the anchor UE 204-1 transmitting PRS first, the target UE 204-2 may instead transmit PRS first.
- the peer UEs 204 exchange their respective time difference measurements in post PRS messages (labeled “postPRS”). If the anchor UE 204-1 has not yet provided its location to the target UE 204-2, it does so at this point. Each UE 204 is then able to determine the RTT between each UE 204 based on the Tx-Rx and Rx-Tx time difference measurements (specifically, the difference between the Tx-Rx and Rx-Tx time difference measurements). Based on the RTT measurement and the speed of light, each UE 204 can then estimate the distance (or range) between the two UEs 204 (specifically, half the RTT measurement multiplied by the speed of light). Since the target UE 204-2 also has the absolute location (e.g., geographic coordinates) of the anchor UE 204-1, the target UE 204-2 can use that location and the distance to the anchor UE 204-1 to determine its own absolute location.
- postPRS post PRS
- FIG. 7 illustrates two UEs 204
- a UE may perform, or attempt to perform, the sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700 with multiple UEs.
- a network device may execute channel sensing operations to access channels that the network device wishes to use for communications.
- channel sensing operations may be considered with respect to such channel access operations:
- a channel refers to a carrier or a part of a carrier consisting of a contiguous set of resource blocks (RBs) on which a channel access procedure is performed in shared spectrum.
- RBs resource blocks
- a channel access procedure may be considered a procedure based on sensing that evaluates the availability of a channel for performing transmissions.
- the sensing slot duration T si may be considered to be idle if an eNB/gNB or a UE senses the channel during the sensing slot duration, and determines that the detected power for at least a predetermined time (e.g., 4ps) within the sensing slot duration is less than an energy detection threshold X-rhresh. Otherwise, the sensing slot duration T si is considered to be busy.
- a channel occupancy may be considered as referring to transmission(s) on channel(s) by eNB/gNB/UE(s) after performing the corresponding channel access procedures disclosed herein.
- a Channel Occupancy Time may be considered as referring to the total time for which eNB/gNB/UE and any eNB/gNB/UE(s) sharing the channel occupancy transmission(s) on a channel after an eNB/gNB/UE performs the corresponding channel access procedures described above.
- a threshold e.g. 25 us
- the gap duration is counted in the COT.
- a COT can be shared for transmission between an eNB/gNB and the corresponding UE(s).
- a DL transmission burst may be considered as referring to a set of transmissions from an eNB/gNB without any gaps greater than a threshold (e.g., 16ps). Transmissions from an eNB/gNB separated by a gap of more than the threshold (e.g., 16ps) may be considered as separate DL transmission bursts.
- eNB/gNB can transmit transmission(s) after a gap within a DL transmission burst without sensing the corresponding channel(s) for availability.
- UL transmission burst may be considered as referring to a set of transmissions from a UE without any gaps greater than a threshold (e.g., 16ps). Transmissions from a UE separated by a gap of more than threshold (e.g., 16ps) may be considered as separate UL transmission bursts.
- a UE can transmit transmission(s) after a gap within a UL transmission burst without sensing the corresponding channel(s) for availability.
- a discovery burst may be considered as referring to a DL transmission burst including a set of signal(s) and/or channel(s) confined within a window and associated with a duty cycle.
- the discovery burst can be any of the following:
- Transmission(s) initiated by an eNB that include a primary synchronization signal (PSS), secondary synchronization signal (SSS) and cell-specific reference signal(s)(CRS) and may include non-zero power channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS); and/or Transmission(s) initiated by a gNB that includes at least an SS/PBCH block consisting of a primary synchronization signal (PSS), secondary synchronization signal (SSS), physical broadcast channel (PBCH) with associated demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) and may also include control resource set (CORESET) for physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) scheduling physical downlink shared channel) PDSCH with system information block 1 (SIB 1), and PDSCH carrying SIB 1 and/or non-zero power CSI-RS.
- PSS primary synchronization signal
- SSS secondary synchronization signal
- PBCH physical broadcast channel
- DM-RS demodulation reference signal
- CORESET control resource set
- COT sharing may be used in connection with data communications between sidelink (SL) devices.
- a responding SL UE e.g., a sidelink UE responding to an information request from another sidelink UE as shown in FIG. 7
- a COT initiating UE e.g., the UE requesting the information
- sharing may take place when the responding UE using the shared COT for its transmission has an equal or smaller channel access priority class (CAPC) than the CAPC indicated in the shared COT information.
- CAPC channel access priority class
- the responding SL UE can utilize a COT shared by a COT initiating UE when the responding SL UE is a target receiver of the COT initiating UE's transmission in the COT.
- COT sharing may be used in such scenarios when the responding UE that desires to use the shared COT for its transmission has an equal or smaller CAPC than the CAPC indicated in a shared COT information.
- COT sharing has been at least minimally defined for sidelink data communications
- certain aspects of the disclosure are implemented with a recognition that such COT sharing procedures for data may not be optimal for COT sharing between sidelink UEs participating in a sidelink positioning session.
- certain aspects of the disclosure are directed to ways in which one or more COTs may be shared by sidelink UEs during a positioning session.
- Certain aspects of the disclosure are implemented with a recognition that there may be a need to determine which network device(s) is responsible for: channel sensing, setting the sensing threshold(s) for the channel sensing, selecting the COT(s) that are used during the positioning session, communicating the shared COTs to the sidelink UEs participating in the positioning session, etc.
- Certain aspects of the disclosure may be used for COT sharing for positioning operations that take place in unlicensed spectrum.
- a single sidelink device e.g., an anchor UE, a UE operating as a server to other UEs, etc.
- the sidelink device may be tasked with conducting the channel sensing operations for a positioning session. Based on the information obtained during the channel sensing operations, the sidelink device may determine that a COT window(s) is available on a channel for transmitting or measuring PRS during the positioning session. In an aspect, an indication of the COT window(s) may be transmitted for reception by sidelink devices located in the positioning environment.
- the indication of the COT window(s) may be broadcast, groupcast, or unicast to the sidelink devices for their reception.
- the sidelink device transmitting the COT indication may target all sidelink devices in the positioning environment or only a more limited subset of sidelink devices selected by the transmitting sidelink device for such participation.
- the individual sidelink devices may make the determination as to whether that sidelink device is available for participating in the positioning session during the COT window(s) indicated in the transmission.
- multiple COT windows may be indicated in the transmission. In that case, the individual sidelink devices may make the determination that it will use all COT windows or select only certain COT windows for transmitting or measuring the PRS.
- the specific sidelink devices in the positioning environment that transmit or measure PRS during the positioning session may vary. In an aspect, only sidelink devices capable of transmitting or measuring the PRS within the indicated COT window(s) may participate in the positioning session. In an aspect, a sidelink device that is not capable of transmitting or measuring PRS within the indicated COT window(s) may refrain from transmitting or measuring PRS even though the sidelink device may otherwise have been indicated for participation in the positioning session (e.g., otherwise indicated for use in the positioning session in assistance data).
- a single sidelink device e.g., anchor UE in FIG. 7
- Such scenarios may be used for positioning sessions involving single RTT positioning techniques, double-sided RTT techniques, or positioning techniques that combine both single RTT and doublesided RTT techniques.
- Certain aspects of the disclosure are implemented with an understanding that channel sensing by a single sidelink device may be inadequate to obtain COT window(s) that may be used to meet the requirements of the positioning session (e.g., COT windows having a sufficient duration for longer PRS measurement occasions).
- certain aspects of the disclosure include tasking multiple sidelink devices within the positioning environment with channel sensing and/or COT calculations.
- the multiple sidelink devices may perform channel sensing and/or COT calculations and transmit that information to a given sidelink device (e.g., an anchor UE or other sidelink device tasked with making the COT window calculations).
- the sidelink device(s) tasked with channel sensing and COT calculations may be fixed (e.g., the same anchor UE or other sidelink device) for all positioning sessions or may vary with different positioning sessions.
- a network server e.g., location server, LMF, etc.
- the network may operate independently of the location server using a pre-selected sidelink device or pre-programmed sequence of sidelink devices for determining which sidelink device(s) are tasked with channel sensing and/or COT calculations.
- a sidelink device e.g., anchor UE or other sidelink device initiating or managing the positioning session
- an anchor UE and all other sidelink devices within the positioning environment perform channel sensing and COT calculations.
- all of the sidelink devices in the positioning environment may report their channel sensing and/or COT calculations to a single entity (e.g., an anchor UE, a target UE, a sidelink UE initiating the positioning session, a sidelink UE operating as a server for other sidelink UEs, etc.).
- the single entity to which the channel sensing and COT calculations are reported may determine the final COT window(s) that will be used for the positioning session and transmit an indication of the file COT window(s) to the other sidelink devices in the positioning environment.
- an anchor UE and a subset of less than all sidelink devices in the positioning environment may be tasked with making channel sensing and COT calculations.
- the subset of sidelink devices performing channel sensing and/or COT calculations may be selected by an anchor UE, a target UE, a UE initiating the positioning session, a server UE operating as a server to other sidelink devices in the positioning environment, a base station, a location server, and/or an LMF.
- an entity tasked with selecting the subset of sidelink devices may send requests to the subset of sidelink devices to perform the channel sensing and/or COT calculations.
- the subset of sidelink devices may report their channel measurements and/or COT calculations to an entity tasked with making the final COT window(s) determination (which may or may not be the same entity tasked with the sidelink device selection).
- the entity tasked with making the final COT window(s) determination may do so at least based on the channel sensing and/or COT calculations reported by the subset of sidelink devices and, in certain scenarios, based on the channel sensing and/or COT calculations made by the tasked entity.
- the entity to which the channel sensing and COT measurements are reported transmits an indication of the final COT window(s) that are used for the positioning session to the other sidelink devices in the positioning environment.
- sidelink devices receiving the indications of the final COT window(s) may determine whether they are capable of participating in the positioning session during the indicated final COT window(s).
- the sidelink devices performing channel sensing operations may do so using the same channel sensing threshold used by the sidelink devices to determine COT windows for data communication (e.g., non-positioning scenarios).
- the sidelink devices performing channel sensing operations may do so using a channel sensing threshold for positioning COT windows (e.g., COT windows used for positioning) that differs from the channel sensing threshold used for other sidelink communications.
- a location server e.g., LMF
- LMF may set the different channel sensing thresholds.
- the location server may transmit an indication of the different thresholds to the sidelink devices in the positioning environment, which may use the different channel sensing thresholds based on whether the channel sensing takes place for positioning COT determinations or COT determinations for other sidelink communications.
- the different thresholds may be based on a standardized set of thresholds having channel sensing thresholds that are specifically intended for use in positioning COT determinations.
- the specific channel sensing threshold used for positioning COT determinations may be static between different positioning sessions. In other scenarios, the channel sensing threshold used for positioning COT determinations may be dynamic between different positioning sessions.
- the assistance data provided to the sidelink devices in the positioning environment may be based on the COT window configured for transmitting or receiving positioning PRS during the positioning session.
- an anchor UE or location server may configure multiple assistance data sets based on the configured COT window.
- FIG. 8 shows a table 800 depicting examples of different assistance data sets (e.g., different TRPs, different PRS configurations, different response times, etc.) that may be used for a positioning session based on different durations of the configured COT window, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- a first assistance data set SET1 is used when the configured COT window for the positioning session Wp has a duration that is greater than or equal to W1 but less than duration W2.
- a second assistance data set SET2 is used when the configured COT window Wp has a duration that is greater than or equal to W2 but less than duration W3.
- a third assistance data set SET3 is used when the configured COT window Wp has a duration that is greater than or equal to W3 but less than duration W4.
- a fourth assistance data set SET4 is used when the configured COT window Wp has a duration that is greater than or equal to W4 but less than duration W5. It will be recognized, based on the teachings of the present disclosure, that the types of data included in the assistance data sets as well as the particular configured window range with which the assistance data sets are associated may vary, the foregoing being non-limiting examples.
- FIG. 9 illustrates an example method 900 of wireless communication performed by a sidelink device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- the sidelink device obtains channel sensing information to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) for a positioning session.
- PRS positioning reference signals
- operation 902 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the sidelink device transmits an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT is based on the channel sensing information.
- operation 904 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the method 900 includes determining a position estimate for at least one target SL device based on PRS measured during the at least one COT window.
- the method 900 includes receiving a positioning channel sensing threshold; and using the positioning channel sensing threshold to determine the availability of the channel for transmitting or measuring the PRS for the positioning session.
- the obtaining the channel sensing information includes, at least in part, performing channel sensing operations at the SL device; and the at least one COT window is determined, at least in part, based on the channel sensing information obtained during the channel sensing operations performed by the SL device.
- the obtaining the channel sensing information includes, at least in part, obtaining the channel sensing information from the one or more further SL devices.
- the method includes transmitting, to the one or more further SL devices, a request for the channel sensing information from the one or more further SL devices.
- the method 900 includes determining the at least one COT window is further based on one or more COT windows reported by the one or more further SL devices.
- the method 900 includes transmitting, to the one or more further SL devices, a request for the one or more COT windows determined at the one or more further SL devices.
- the SL device is: an anchor user equipment (UE); a server UE; or an initiating UE that initiates the positioning session.
- the SL device is the initiating UE.
- the initiating UE is a target SL device for which a position estimate is determined during the positioning session.
- the at least one COT window is determined by the UE that initiates the positioning session.
- a technical advantage of the method 900 is that it may be used to determine COT window(s) that are tailored for transmitting or receiving PRS during a positioning session.
- the COT windows for positioning may be optimal over the COT windows determined and used for other types of sidelink communications.
- FIG. 10 illustrates an example method 1000 of wireless communication performed by a network server, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- the network server transmits, to one or more sidelink (SL) devices, a first sensing threshold for use by the one or more SL devices in determining an availability of a channel for transmitting or receiving data.
- operation 1002 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- operation 1002 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the network server transmits, to the one or more SL devices, a second sensing threshold for use by the one or more SL devices in determining the availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) for a positioning session.
- operation 1004 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- operation 1004 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the second sensing threshold is based on a standardized threshold for channel sensing during the positioning session.
- the network server includes a location server, a base station, an anchor user equipment (UE) operating as a network server for one or more further sidelink devices, or a combination thereof.
- UE anchor user equipment
- a technical advantage of the method 1000 is that it may be used to assign and use channel sensing thresholds to determine COT window(s) for transmitting or receiving PRS during a positioning session.
- the COT windows determined for such positioning may be different than the channel sensing thresholds used for determining COT windows used for other sidelink communications.
- FIG. 11 illustrates an example method 1100 of wireless communication performed by a network server, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- the network server determines multiple channel occupancy time (COT) windows available for transmitting or receiving positioning reference signals (PRS) for a positioning session.
- operation 1102 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- operation 1102 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the network server transmits multiple sets of assistance data for use during the positioning session, wherein each set of assistance data of the multiple sets of assistance data is based on a corresponding COT window of the multiple COT windows.
- operation 1104 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- operation 1104 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the network server includes a location server, a base station, an anchor user equipment (UE) operating as a network server for one or more sidelink devices, or a combination thereof.
- the network server includes a location server, a base station, an anchor user equipment (UE) operating as a network server for one or more sidelink devices, or a combination thereof.
- the multiple sets of assistance data each include an indication of a corresponding set of user equipments (UEs) based on the corresponding COT window.
- UEs user equipments
- a technical advantage of the method 1100 is that it may be used to assign different sets of assistance data based on various criterion met by the COT window assigned for transmitting or receiving PRS during a positioning session.
- Certain aspects of the disclosure are implemented with a recognition that there is currently no way for a sidelink (SL) device, such as a UE, to select a Channel Access Priority Class (CAPC) that is specific to channel sensing during a positioning session. Rather, any CAPC assigned to the sidelink device is only specified for channel sensing for radio resource management (RRM) for sidelink communications, such as data communications. As such, current standards do not contemplate using a CAPC that is specific to a positioning session and which may be the same or different than the CAPC assigned to the SL devices for general RRM of sidelink communications.
- CAPC Channel Access Priority Class
- FIG. 12 is a table 1200 showing an example of channel sensing parameters sets that may be associated with various Channel Access Priority Class (CAPC) levels, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- column 1202 indicates the Channel Access Priority Class assignment (/?) associated with each set of channel sensing parameter sets.
- Column 1204 shows, for each priority class p, a value m p corresponding to the number of consecutive sensing slots used in defining a defer duration during which an SL device having priority level p senses the channel.
- Column 1204 shows a value CW m m, P corresponding to the minimum contention window associated with an SL device having the given priority class p.
- Column 1208 shows a value CW max , P corresponding to the maximum contention window associated with an SL device having a given priority class p.
- Column 1210 shows a value(s) Tm C ot, P corresponding to the maximum channel occupancy time associated with an SL device having the given priority class p.
- Column 1212 shows a value(s) for allowed CW P sizes, where CW P is the contention window sizes associated with an SL device of the given priority class p.
- the SL device performs a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a positioning-specific CAPC that is selected for use by the SL device in the positioning session.
- the CAPC is associated with sensing parameters that the SL device uses to determine the availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring PRS during the positioning session.
- the SL device transmits an indication of a COT window to other SL devices for use during the positioning session, where the COT window is based on channel sensing using channel sensing parameters associated with the positioning-specific CAPC.
- the positioning-specific CAPC may be assigned to the SL device or otherwise selected by the SL device in various manners. In certain scenarios, the positioning-specific CAPC may be the same as used for channel sensing in other RRM operations. In such scenarios, both the positioning-specific CAPC and the CAPC used for RRM of sidelink communications are associated with the same (or overlapping) channel sensing parameters and may be based on obtaining data channel resources and PRS resources from a shared resource pool.
- the positioning-specific CAPC may be different from the CAPC used for RRM of sidelink data channels and, thus, be associated with different sets of channel sensing parameters.
- the different sets of channel sensing parameters may be based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool.
- the dedicated positioning resource pool includes resources that are different from the resources of the data channel resource pool used for sidelink communication.
- an indication of the positioning-specific CAPC may be received from another network device (e.g., another SL device, a positioning server, a location management function, etc.).
- the channel sensing parameters associated with an initial positioningspecific CAPC assigned to the SL device may be inadequate to determine a COT window that is suitable for the positioning session.
- the SL device may increase the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC when the SL device fails to detect the availability of a suitable COT window on the channel while using the set of channel sensing parameters associated with the initial positioning-specific CAPC.
- the SL device may increase its current CAPC when the SL device fails to detect the availability of a suitable COT window on the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the set of channel sensing parameters associated with the current CAPC.
- the SL device may use a set of channel sensing parameters that make it more likely that the SL device will detect a suitable COT window for transmitting or measuring the PRS during the positioning session.
- the SL device may incrementally increase the CAPC to higher levels until such time as the channel sensing parameters result in finding a suitable COT window for the positioning session.
- the SL device may increase its priority by an amount X+l, where X corresponds to the CAPC level associated with the failed attempts.
- the SL device may abort the positioning session when the highest allowable CAPC available to the SL device is reached without finding a suitable COT window for the positioning session.
- each positioning session will have its own latency requirements and minimum number of positioning occasion measurements needed to obtain meaningful position estimates during the positioning session.
- Certain aspects of the disclosure are directed to handling instances in which the SL device is not able to meet the channel access requirements for the positioning session.
- Various options are disclosed for handling such instances. According to a first option, a failure is declared by the SL device based on a maximum number of attempts to transmit or measure PRS during a measurement occasion. According to a second option, if there are more than a threshold number of failures on any given measurement occasion, SL device may abort the positioning session.
- the SL device may obtain at least one COT window (e.g., from another SL device, network entity, etc.) for transmitting or measuring PRS on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session.
- the SL device may abort (e.g., halt its current participation or refrain from further participation in the positioning session) based on various failure conditions.
- Such failure conditions may include 1) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, 2) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or 3) any combination thereof.
- the SL device may transmit 1) an indication that the SL device has aborted the positioning session, 2) an indication of the failure condition(s) that were encountered (e.g., number failures, types of failures, etc.) resulting in the aborting of the positioning session by the SL device, or 3) a combination thereof.
- Certain aspects of the disclosure are directed to using different sidelink assistance data in response to the inability of the SL device to meet the minimal requirements of the positioning session using the current assistance data.
- the SL device may obtain at least one COT window for transmitting or measuring PRS on a channel during a positioning session.
- the SL device may subsequently attempt to transmit or measure the PRS channel during the COT window based on a current set of assistance data (e.g., PRS configuration).
- a current set of assistance data e.g., PRS configuration
- the SL device may request and obtain another (e.g., second, third, etc.) set of assistance data that it may use in its efforts to meet the minimal channel access requirements imposed on the SL device for the positioning session.
- the request and/or use of another set of assistance data may occur when the SL device experiences a threshold number of failed attempts to transmit or measure the PRS during the COT window using the current set of assistance data.
- the threshold number of failed attempts may include 1) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window, 2) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window, or 3) any combination thereof.
- the different sets of assistance data may be based on the sets of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
- the SL device may transmit a request(s) to another network entity (e.g., another SL device, a network server, position server, LMF) to send the other set(s) of assistance data when the failure condition(s) occurs.
- another network entity e.g., another SL device, a network server, position server, LMF
- the SL device may request a series of different assistance data sets until an assistance data set with which the SL device may meet the channel access requirements is obtained, or until all allowable assistance data sets available to the SL device have been exhausted.
- the SL device may incrementally increase its current CAPC if it cannot meet the channel access requirements of the positioning session based on its current CAPC.
- the SL device may be unable to transmit or measure the PRS channel during a given COT window while operating at its current CAPC.
- the SL device may experience a failure to access the channel for transmitting or measuring the PRS during the COT window and increase its CAPC in response to the failure condition.
- a failure condition may be declared based on exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the COT window.
- the threshold number of failed attempts may include 1) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the COT window, 2) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the COT window, or 3) any combination thereof.
- FIG. 13 illustrates an example method 1300 of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- the SL device performs a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure.
- CAPC channel access priority class
- PRS positioning reference signals
- operation 1302 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the SL device transmits an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
- operation 1302 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
- the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
- the method 1300 includes receiving the first CAPC from a network entity.
- the method 1300 includes obtaining an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
- the method 1300 includes obtaining the initial CAPC includes receiving the initial CAPC from a network entity.
- the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- the method 1300 includes increasing a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to detect availability of the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
- a technical advantage of the method 1300 is that the SL device uses a positioning-specific CAPC to establish the channel sensing parameters used by the SL device to perform channel sensing to determine the availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring PRS during a positioning session.
- FIG. 14 illustrates an example method 1400 of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- the SL device obtains at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- operation 1402 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the SL device aborts the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
- operation 1404 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the method 1400 includes transmitting an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; transmitting an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
- the method 1400 includes receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a technical advantage of the method 1400 is that the SL device aborts a positioning session if it is unable to meet the channel access requirements needed to transmit or measure PRS in a manner that meets the requirements of the positioning session.
- FIG. 15 illustrates an example method 1500 of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- the SL device obtains at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- operation 1502 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the SL device attempts to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data.
- operation 1504 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the SL device transmits or measures the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- operation 1506 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
- the method 1500 includes transmitting a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
- obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a technical advantage of the method 1500 is that the SL device switches to using another set of assistance data during a positioning session if it is unable to meet the channel access requirements needed to transmit or measure PRS in a manner that meets the requirements of the positioning session based on the current set of assistance data.
- the new set of assistance data may provide a configuration for the SL device that allows it to meet the channel access requirements.
- FIG. 16 illustrates an example method 1600 of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
- the SL device obtains at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- operation 1602 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the SL device attempts to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device.
- operation 1604 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the SL device transmits or measures the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- operation 1606 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
- the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
- the method includes transmitting a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
- obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- the first CAPC and the second CAPC are associated with channel sensing parameters comprising: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
- obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a technical advantage of the method 1600 is that the SL device increases its CAPC during a positioning session if it is unable to meet the channel access requirements needed to transmit or measure PRS in a manner that meets the requirements of the positioning session based on the current CAPC.
- the increased CAPC may provide a channel access priority level for the SL device that allows it to meet the channel access requirements.
- example clauses can also include a combination of the dependent clause aspect(s) with the subject matter of any other dependent clause or independent clause or a combination of any feature with other dependent and independent clauses.
- the various aspects disclosed herein expressly include these combinations, unless it is explicitly expressed or can be readily inferred that a specific combination is not intended (e.g., contradictory aspects, such as defining an element as both an electrical insulator and an electrical conductor).
- aspects of a clause can be included in any other independent clause, even if the clause is not directly dependent on the independent clause.
- a method of wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device comprising: performing a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmitting an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
- CAC channel access priority class
- Clause 2 The method of clause 1, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 3 The method of clause 2, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
- Clause 4 The method of any of clauses 1 to 3, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications. [0247] Clause 5. The method of clause 4, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
- Clause 6 The method of any of clauses 1 to 5, further comprising: receiving the first CAPC from a network entity.
- Clause 7 The method of any of clauses 1 to 6, further comprising: obtaining an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
- Clause 8 The method of clause 7, wherein: obtaining the initial CAPC includes receiving the initial CAPC from a network entity.
- Clause 9 The method of any of clauses 7 to 8, wherein: the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 10 The method of any of clauses 7 to 9, further comprising: increasing a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- Clause 12 The method of any of clauses 10 to 11, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- Clause 13 The method of any of clauses 1 to 12, wherein the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof. [0256] Clause 14.
- a method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and aborting the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- Clause 15 The method of clause 14, further comprising: transmitting an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; transmitting an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
- Clause 16 The method of claim 14, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 17 The method of clause 16, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- Clause 20 The method of any of clauses 18 to 19, wherein: the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
- Clause 21 The method of any of clauses 18 to 20, further comprising: transmitting a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
- Clause 22 The method of any of clauses 18 to 21, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 23 The method of clause 22, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- Clause 26 The method of any of clauses 24 to 25, wherein the first CAPC and the second CAPC are associated with channel sensing parameters comprising: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
- Clause 27 The method of any of clauses 24 to 26, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 28 The method of clause 27, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a sidelink (SL) device comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: perform a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
- CAC channel access priority class
- Clause 30 The SL device of clause 29, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 31 The SL device of clause 30, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
- Clause 32 The SL device of any of clauses 29 to 31, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 33 The SL device of clause 32, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
- Clause 34 The SL device of any of clauses 29 to 33, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: receive, via the at least one transceiver, the first CAPC from a network entity.
- Clause 35 The SL device of any of clauses 29 to 34, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: obtain an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
- Clause 37 The SL device of any of clauses 35 to 36, wherein: the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 38 The SL device of any of clauses 35 to 37, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: increase a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- Clause 40 The SL device of any of clauses 38 to 39, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- Clause 41 The SL device of any of clauses 29 to 40, wherein the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
- a sidelink (SL) device comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and abort the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- Clause 43 The SL device of clause 42, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
- Clause 44 The SL device of any of clauses 42 to 43, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receive, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 45 The SL device of clause 44, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a sidelink (SL) device comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- Clause 47 The SL device of clause 46, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- Clause 48 The SL device of any of clauses 46 to 47, wherein: the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
- Clause 49 The SL device of any of clauses 46 to 48, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: transmit, via the at least one transceiver, a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
- Clause 50 The SL device of any of clauses 46 to 49, wherein the at least one processor configured to obtain the at least one COT window comprises the at least one processor configured to: receive, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 51 The SL device of clause 50, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- Clause 52 The SL device of any of clauses 50 to 51, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- Clause 53 The SL device of any of clauses 50 to 52, wherein the at least one processor configured to obtain the at least one COT window comprises the at least one processor configured to: receive, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 54 The SL device of clause 53, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a sidelink (SL) device comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a sidelink (SL) device comprising: means for performing a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and means for transmitting an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
- CAC channel access priority class
- Clause 57 The SL device of clause 56, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 58 The SL device of clause 57, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
- Clause 59 The SL device of any of clauses 56 to 58, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 60 The SL device of clause 59, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
- Clause 62 The SL device of any of clauses 56 to 61, further comprising: means for obtaining an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
- Clause 63 The SL device of clause 62, wherein: means for obtaining the initial CAPC includes receiving the initial CAPC from a network entity.
- Clause 64 The SL device of any of clauses 62 to 63, wherein: the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 65 The SL device of any of clauses 62 to 64, further comprising: means for increasing a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- Clause 66 The SL device of clause 65, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to detect availability of the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- Clause 67 The SL device of any of clauses 65 to 66, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- Clause 68 The SL device of any of clauses 56 to 67, wherein the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
- a sidelink (SL) device comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and means for aborting the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- Clause 70 The SL device of clause 69, further comprising: means for transmitting an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; means for transmitting an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
- Clause 71 The SL device of any of clauses 69 to 70, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: means for receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 72 The SL device of clause 71, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a sidelink (SL) device comprising: means for obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; means for attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and means for transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- Clause 75 The SL device of any of clauses 73 to 74, wherein: the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
- Clause 76 The SL device of any of clauses 73 to 75, further comprising: means for transmitting a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
- Clause 77 The SL device of any of clauses 73 to 76, wherein the means for obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: means for receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 78 The SL device of clause 77, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- Clause 79 The SL device of any of clauses 77 to 78, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- Clause 80 The SL device of any of clauses 77 to 79, wherein the means for obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: means for receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 81 The SL device of clause 80, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a sidelink (SL) device comprising: means for obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; means for attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and means for transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by a sidelink (SL) device, cause the SL device to: perform a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmit an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
- CAC channel access priority class
- Clause 84 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 83, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 85 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 84, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
- Clause 86 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 83 to 85, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 87 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 86, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
- Clause 88 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 83 to 87, further comprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: receive the first CAPC from a network entity.
- Clause 89 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 83 to 88, further comprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: obtain an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
- Clause 90 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 89, wherein: obtain the initial CAPC includes receiving the initial CAPC from a network entity.
- Clause 91 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 89 to 90, wherein: the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
- Clause 92 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 89 to 91, further comprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: increase a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- Clause 93 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 92, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to detect availability of the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- Clause 94 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 92 to 93, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
- Clause 95 The non -transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 83 to 94, wherein the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
- a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by an SL device, cause the SL device to: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and abort the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- Clause 97 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 96, further comprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: transmit an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; transmit an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
- Clause 98 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 96 to 97, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receive an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 99 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 98, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by an SL device, cause the SL device to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmit or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- Clause 101 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 100, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- Clause 102 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 100 to 101, wherein: the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
- Clause 103 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 100 to 102, further comprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: transmit a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
- Clause 104 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 100 to 103, wherein the computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to obtain the at least one COT window comprise computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: receive an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 105 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 104, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- Clause 106 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 104 to 105, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
- Clause 107 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 104 to 106, wherein the computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to obtain the at least one COT window comprise computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: receive an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
- Clause 108 The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 107, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
- a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by an SL device, cause the SL device to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmit or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
- COT channel occupancy time
- PRS positioning reference signals
- DSP digital signal processor
- ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
- FPGA field-programable gate array
- a general -purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
- a processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, for example, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration.
- a software module may reside in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), registers, hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
- An example storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
- the storage medium may be integral to the processor.
- the processor and the storage medium may reside in an ASIC.
- the ASIC may reside in a user terminal (e.g., UE).
- the processor and the storage medium may reside as discrete components in a user terminal.
- the functions described may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
- Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
- a storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer.
- such computer-readable media can comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
- any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium.
- the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave
- the coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of medium.
- Disk and disc includes compact disc (CD), laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD), floppy disk and Blu-ray disc where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs reproduce data optically with lasers. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer-readable media.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
In an aspect, a sidelink (SL) device may perform a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure. The SL may transmit an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
Description
CHANNEL ACCESS PRIORITY CLASS (CAPC) FOR SIDELINK POSITIONING
BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE
1. Field of the Disclosure
[0001] Aspects of the disclosure relate generally to wireless communications.
2. Description of the Related Art
[0002] Wireless communication systems have developed through various generations, including a first-generation analog wireless phone service (1G), a second-generation (2G) digital wireless phone service (including interim 2.5G and 2.75G networks), a third-generation (3G) high speed data, Internet-capable wireless service and a fourth-generation (4G) service (e.g., Long Term Evolution (LTE) or WiMax). There are presently many different types of wireless communication systems in use, including cellular and personal communications service (PCS) systems. Examples of known cellular systems include the cellular analog advanced mobile phone system (AMPS), and digital cellular systems based on code division multiple access (CDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), the Global System for Mobile communications (GSM), etc.
[0003] A fifth generation (5G) wireless standard, referred to as New Radio (NR), enables higher data transfer speeds, greater numbers of connections, and better coverage, among other improvements. The 5G standard, according to the Next Generation Mobile Networks Alliance, is designed to provide higher data rates as compared to previous standards, more accurate positioning (e.g., based on reference signals for positioning (RS-P), such as downlink, uplink, or sidelink positioning reference signals (PRS)) and other technical enhancements.
[0004] Leveraging the increased data rates and decreased latency of 5G, among other things, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication technologies are being implemented to support autonomous driving applications, such as wireless communications between vehicles, between vehicles and the roadside infrastructure, between vehicles and pedestrians, etc.
SUMMARY
[0005] The following presents a simplified summary relating to one or more aspects disclosed herein. Thus, the following summary should not be considered an extensive overview relating to all contemplated aspects, nor should the following summary be considered to identify key or critical elements relating to all contemplated aspects or to delineate the scope associated with any particular aspect. Accordingly, the following summary has the sole purpose to present certain concepts relating to one or more aspects relating to the mechanisms disclosed herein in a simplified form to precede the detailed description presented below.
[0006] In an aspect, a method of wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device includes performing a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmitting an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
[0007] In an aspect, a method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device includes obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and aborting the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
[0008] In an aspect, a method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device includes obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning
session; attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0009] In an aspect, a sidelink (SL) device includes a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: perform a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
[0010] In an aspect, a sidelink (SL) device includes a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and abort the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
[0011] In an aspect, a sidelink (SL) device includes a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0012] In an aspect, a sidelink (SL) device includes a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0013] In an aspect, a sidelink (SL) device includes means for performing a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and means for transmitting an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
[0014] In an aspect, a sidelink (SL) device includes obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and means for aborting the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
[0015] In an aspect, a sidelink (SL) device includes means for obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; means for attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and means for transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0016] In an aspect, a sidelink (SL) device includes means for obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; means for attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and means for transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0017] In an aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable medium stores computer-executable instructions that, when executed by a sidelink (SL) device, cause the SL device to: perform a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to
determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmit an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC. [0018] In an aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable medium stores computer-executable instructions that, when executed by an SL device, cause the SL device to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmit or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0019] In an aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable medium stores computer-executable instructions that, when executed by an SL device, cause the SL device to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmit or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0020] Other obj ects and advantages associated with the aspects disclosed herein will be apparent to those skilled in the art based on the accompanying drawings and detailed description.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0021] The accompanying drawings are presented to aid in the description of various aspects of the disclosure and are provided solely for illustration of the aspects and not limitation thereof.
[0022] FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless communications system, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0023] FIGS. 2 A, 2B, and 2C illustrate example wireless network structures, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0024] FIGS. 3A, 3B, and 3C are simplified block diagrams of several sample aspects of components that may be employed in a user equipment (UE), a base station, and a network entity, respectively, and configured to support communications as taught herein.
[0025] FIG. 4 illustrates examples of various positioning methods supported in New Radio (NR), according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0026] FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example downlink positioning reference signal (DL- PRS) configuration for two transmission-reception points (TRPs) operating in the same positioning frequency layer, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0027] FIGS. 6 A and 6B illustrate various scenarios of interest for sidelink-only or joint Uu and sidelink positioning, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0028] FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example sidelink ranging and positioning procedure, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0029] FIG. 8 shows a table depicting examples of different assistance data sets that may be used for a positioning session based on different durations of a configured channel occupancy time (COT) window, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0030] FIG. 9 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by a sidelink device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0031] FIG. 10 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by a network server, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0032] FIG. 11 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by a network server, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0033] FIG. 12 is a table showing an example of channel sensing parameters sets that may be associated with various Channel Access Priority Classes (CAPC), according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0034] FIG. 13 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0035] FIG. 14 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0036] FIG. 15 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
[0037] FIG. 16 illustrates an example method of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0038] Aspects of the disclosure are provided in the following description and related drawings directed to various examples provided for illustration purposes. Alternate aspects may be devised without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Additionally, well-known elements of the disclosure will not be described in detail or will be omitted so as not to obscure the relevant details of the disclosure.
[0039] Various aspects relate generally to channel sensing using a set of parameters associated with a channel access priority class (CAPC) assigned to a sidelink device for sidelink positioning. Some aspects more specifically relate to obtaining a positioning-specific CAPC for the sidelink device that is specifically indicated for channel sensing by the sidelink device for sidelink positioning. In some examples, the sidelink device may receive an initial CAPC that is pre-assigned to the sidelink device based on the type of sidelink device and/or the role the sidelink device is to take during the positioning session. In some examples, an indication of the CAPC is received by the sidelink device from another network device (e.g., network server, location server, location management function (LMF), etc.). In some examples, the CAPC specified for the positioning session may be the same CAPC used by the sidelink device to perform channel sensing for sidelink data communication. In some examples, the CAPC specified for the positioning session may be different than the CAPC used by the sidelink device to perform channel sensing for sidelink data communication. In some examples, the initial CAPC may be subject to a CAPC increase when the sidelink device fails to access the channel for determining a channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring position reference signals (PRS) during a positioning session.
[0040] Some aspects more specifically relate to handling scenarios in which the SL device is unable to access the channel during the COT window for transmission or reception of the PRS during the positioning session. In some examples, the SL device aborts the positioning session based on exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts to access the channel for a positioning occasion during the at least one COT window. In some examples, the SL device may abort the positioning session based on exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window. In some examples, the SL device may abort the positioning session based on a combination of the foregoing failure scenarios.
[0041] Some aspects more specifically relate to handling scenarios in which the CAPC of the SL device is insufficient to enable the SL device to access a channel during the COT window for transmission or reception of the PRS during the positioning session. In some examples, the current CAPC is incremented to a CAPC associated with higher priority channel access parameters when the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure PRS during the COT window exceeds a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0042] Some aspects more specifically relate to handling scenarios in which use of the current assistance data by the SL device does not enable the SL device to transmit or measure PRS during the COT window. In some examples, the current set of assistance data is discarded in favor of another set of assistance when the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure PRS during the COT window exceeds a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0043] The words “exemplary” and/or “example” are used herein to mean “serving as an example, instance, or illustration.” Any aspect described herein as “exemplary” and/or “example” is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other aspects. Likewise, the term “aspects of the disclosure” does not require that all aspects of the disclosure include the discussed feature, advantage or mode of operation.
[0044] Those of skill in the art will appreciate that the information and signals described below may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referenced throughout the description below may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, optical fields or particles,
or any combination thereof, depending in part on the particular application, in part on the desired design, in part on the corresponding technology, etc.
[0045] Further, many aspects are described in terms of sequences of actions to be performed by, for example, elements of a computing device. It will be recognized that various actions described herein can be performed by specific circuits (e.g., application specific integrated circuits (ASICs)), by program instructions being executed by one or more processors, or by a combination of both. Additionally, the sequence(s) of actions described herein can be considered to be embodied entirely within any form of non- transitory computer-readable storage medium having stored therein a corresponding set of computer instructions that, upon execution, would cause or instruct an associated processor of a device to perform the functionality described herein. Thus, the various aspects of the disclosure may be embodied in a number of different forms, all of which have been contemplated to be within the scope of the claimed subject matter. In addition, for each of the aspects described herein, the corresponding form of any such aspects may be described herein as, for example, “logic configured to” perform the described action.
[0046] As used herein, the terms “user equipment” (UE), “vehicle UE” (V-UE), “pedestrian UE” (P-UE), and “base station” are not intended to be specific or otherwise limited to any particular radio access technology (RAT), unless otherwise noted. In general, a UE may be any wireless communication device (e.g., vehicle on-board computer, vehicle navigation device, mobile phone, router, tablet computer, laptop computer, asset locating device, wearable (e.g., smartwatch, glasses, augmented reality (AR) / virtual reality (VR) headset, etc.), vehicle (e.g., automobile, motorcycle, bicycle, etc.), Internet of Things (loT) device, etc.) used by a user to communicate over a wireless communications network. A UE may be mobile or may (e.g., at certain times) be stationary, and may communicate with a radio access network (RAN). As used herein, the term “UE” may be referred to interchangeably as a “mobile device,” an “access terminal” or “AT,” a “client device,” a “wireless device,” a “subscriber device,” a “subscriber terminal,” a “subscriber station,” a “user terminal” or UT, a “mobile terminal,” a “mobile station,” or variations thereof.
[0047] A V-UE is a type of UE and may be any in-vehicle wireless communication device, such as a navigation system, a warning system, a heads-up display (HUD), an on-board computer, an in-vehicle infotainment system, an automated driving system (ADS), an
advanced driver assistance system (ADAS), etc. Alternatively, a V-UE may be a portable wireless communication device (e.g., a cell phone, tablet computer, etc.) that is carried by the driver of the vehicle or a passenger in the vehicle. The term “V-UE” may refer to the in-vehicle wireless communication device or the vehicle itself, depending on the context. A P-UE is a type of UE and may be a portable wireless communication device that is carried by a pedestrian (i.e., a user that is not driving or riding in a vehicle). Generally, UEs can communicate with a core network via a RAN, and through the core network the UEs can be connected with external networks such as the Internet and with other UEs. Of course, other mechanisms of connecting to the core network and/or the Internet are also possible for the UEs, such as over wired access networks, wireless local area network (WLAN) networks (e.g., based on Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11, etc.) and so on.
[0048] A base station may operate according to one of several RATs in communication with UEs depending on the network in which it is deployed, and may be alternatively referred to as an access point (AP), a network node, a NodeB, an evolved NodeB (eNB), a next generation eNB (ng-eNB), a New Radio (NR) Node B (also referred to as a gNB or gNodeB), etc. A base station may be used primarily to support wireless access by UEs including supporting data, voice and/or signaling connections for the supported UEs. In some systems a base station may provide purely edge node signaling functions while in other systems it may provide additional control and/or network management functions. A communication link through which UEs can send signals to a base station is called an uplink (UL) channel (e.g., a reverse traffic channel, a reverse control channel, an access channel, etc.). A communication link through which the base station can send signals to UEs is called a downlink (DL) or forward link channel (e.g., a paging channel, a control channel, a broadcast channel, a forward traffic channel, etc.). As used herein the term traffic channel (TCH) can refer to either an UL / reverse or DL / forward traffic channel.
[0049] The term “base station” may refer to a single physical transmission-reception point (TRP) or to multiple physical TRPs that may or may not be co-located. For example, where the term “base station” refers to a single physical TRP, the physical TRP may be an antenna of the base station corresponding to a cell (or several cell sectors) of the base station. Where the term “base station” refers to multiple co-located physical TRPs, the physical TRPs may be an array of antennas (e.g., as in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO)
system or where the base station employs beamforming) of the base station. Where the term “base station” refers to multiple non-co-located physical TRPs, the physical TRPs may be a distributed antenna system (DAS) (a network of spatially separated antennas connected to a common source via a transport medium) or a remote radio head (RRH) (a remote base station connected to a serving base station). Alternatively, the non-co-located physical TRPs may be the serving base station receiving the measurement report from the UE and a neighbor base station whose reference radio frequency (RF) signals the UE is measuring. Because a TRP is the point from which a base station transmits and receives wireless signals, as used herein, references to transmission from or reception at a base station are to be understood as referring to a particular TRP of the base station.
[0050] In some implementations that support positioning of UEs, a base station may not support wireless access by UEs (e.g., may not support data, voice, and/or signaling connections for UEs), but may instead transmit reference RF signals to UEs to be measured by the UEs and/or may receive and measure signals transmitted by the UEs. Such base stations may be referred to as positioning beacons (e.g., when transmitting RF signals to UEs) and/or as location measurement units (e.g., when receiving and measuring RF signals from UEs).
[0051] An “RF signal” comprises an electromagnetic wave of a given frequency that transports information through the space between a transmitter and a receiver. As used herein, a transmitter may transmit a single “RF signal” or multiple “RF signals” to a receiver. However, the receiver may receive multiple “RF signals” corresponding to each transmitted RF signal due to the propagation characteristics of RF signals through multipath channels. The same transmitted RF signal on different paths between the transmitter and receiver may be referred to as a “multipath” RF signal. As used herein, an RF signal may also be referred to as a “wireless signal” or simply a “signal” where it is clear from the context that the term “signal” refers to a wireless signal or an RF signal.
[0052] FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless communications system 100, according to aspects of the disclosure. The wireless communications system 100 (which may also be referred to as a wireless wide area network (WWAN)) may include various base stations 102 (labelled “BS”) and various UEs 104. The base stations 102 may include macro cell base stations (high power cellular base stations) and/or small cell base stations (low power cellular base stations). In an aspect, the macro cell base stations 102 may include eNBs
and/or ng-eNBs where the wireless communications system 100 corresponds to an LTE network, or gNBs where the wireless communications system 100 corresponds to a NR network, or a combination of both, and the small cell base stations may include femtocells, picocells, microcells, etc.
[0053] The base stations 102 may collectively form a RAN and interface with a core network 170 (e.g., an evolved packet core (EPC) or 5G core (5GC)) through backhaul links 122, and through the core network 170 to one or more location servers 172 (e.g., a location management function (LMF) or a secure user plane location (SUPL) location platform (SLP)). The location server(s) 172 may be part of core network 170 or may be external to core network 170. A location server 172 may be integrated with a base station 102. A UE 104 may communicate with a location server 172 directly or indirectly. For example, a UE 104 may communicate with a location server 172 via the base station 102 that is currently serving that UE 104. A UE 104 may also communicate with a location server 172 through another path, such as via an application server (not shown), via another network, such as via a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) (e.g., AP 150 described below), and so on. For signaling purposes, communication between a UE 104 and a location server 172 may be represented as an indirect connection (e.g., through the core network 170, etc.) or a direct connection (e.g., as shown via direct connection 128), with the intervening nodes (if any) omitted from a signaling diagram for clarity.
[0054] In addition to other functions, the base stations 102 may perform functions that relate to one or more of transferring user data, radio channel ciphering and deciphering, integrity protection, header compression, mobility control functions (e.g., handover, dual connectivity), inter-cell interference coordination, connection setup and release, load balancing, distribution for non-access stratum (NAS) messages, NAS node selection, synchronization, RAN sharing, multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS), subscriber and equipment trace, RAN information management (RIM), paging, positioning, and delivery of warning messages. The base stations 102 may communicate with each other directly or indirectly (e.g., through the EPC / 5GC) over backhaul links 134, which may be wired or wireless.
[0055] The base stations 102 may wirelessly communicate with the UEs 104. Each of the base stations 102 may provide communication coverage for a respective geographic coverage area 110. In an aspect, one or more cells may be supported by a base station 102 in each
geographic coverage area 110. A “cell” is a logical communication entity used for communication with a base station (e.g., over some frequency resource, referred to as a carrier frequency, component carrier, carrier, band, or the like), and may be associated with an identifier (e.g., a physical cell identifier (PCI), an enhanced cell identifier (ECI), a virtual cell identifier (VCI), a cell global identifier (CGI), etc.) for distinguishing cells operating via the same or a different carrier frequency. In some cases, different cells may be configured according to different protocol types (e.g., machine-type communication (MTC), narrowband loT (NB-IoT), enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), or others) that may provide access for different types of UEs. Because a cell is supported by a specific base station, the term “cell” may refer to either or both the logical communication entity and the base station that supports it, depending on the context. In some cases, the term “cell” may also refer to a geographic coverage area of a base station (e.g., a sector), insofar as a carrier frequency can be detected and used for communication within some portion of geographic coverage areas 110.
[0056] While neighboring macro cell base station 102 geographic coverage areas 110 may partially overlap (e.g., in a handover region), some of the geographic coverage areas 110 may be substantially overlapped by a larger geographic coverage area 110. For example, a small cell base station 102' (labelled “SC” for “small cell”) may have a geographic coverage area 110' that substantially overlaps with the geographic coverage area 110 of one or more macro cell base stations 102. A network that includes both small cell and macro cell base stations may be known as a heterogeneous network. A heterogeneous network may also include home eNBs (HeNBs), which may provide service to a restricted group known as a closed subscriber group (CSG).
[0057] The communication links 120 between the base stations 102 and the UEs 104 may include uplink (also referred to as reverse link) transmissions from a UE 104 to a base station 102 and/or downlink (DL) (also referred to as forward link) transmissions from a base station 102 to a UE 104. The communication links 120 may use MIMO antenna technology, including spatial multiplexing, beamforming, and/or transmit diversity. The communication links 120 may be through one or more carrier frequencies. Allocation of carriers may be asymmetric with respect to downlink and uplink (e.g., more or less carriers may be allocated for downlink than for uplink).
[0058] The wireless communications system 100 may further include a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) 150 in communication with WLAN stations (STAs) 152 via communication links 154 in an unlicensed frequency spectrum (e.g., 5 GHz). When communicating in an unlicensed frequency spectrum, the WLAN STAs 152 and/or the WLAN AP 150 may perform a clear channel assessment (CCA) or listen before talk (LBT) procedure prior to communicating in order to determine whether the channel is available.
[0059] The small cell base station 102' may operate in a licensed and/or an unlicensed frequency spectrum. When operating in an unlicensed frequency spectrum, the small cell base station 102' may employ LTE or NR technology and use the same 5 GHz unlicensed frequency spectrum as used by the WLAN AP 150. The small cell base station 102', employing LTE / 5G in an unlicensed frequency spectrum, may boost coverage to and/or increase capacity of the access network. NR in unlicensed spectrum may be referred to as NR-U. LTE in an unlicensed spectrum may be referred to as LTE-U, licensed assisted access (LAA), or MulteFire.
[0060] The wireless communications system 100 may further include a mmW base station 180 that may operate in millimeter wave (mmW) frequencies and/or near mmW frequencies in communication with a UE 182. Extremely high frequency (EHF) is part of the RF in the electromagnetic spectrum. EHF has a range of 30 GHz to 300 GHz and a wavelength between 1 millimeter and 10 millimeters. Radio waves in this band may be referred to as a millimeter wave. Near mmW may extend down to a frequency of 3 GHz with a wavelength of 100 millimeters. The super high frequency (SHF) band extends between 3 GHz and 30 GHz, also referred to as centimeter wave. Communications using the mmW/near mmW radio frequency band have high path loss and a relatively short range. The mmW base station 180 and the UE 182 may utilize beamforming (transmit and/or receive) over a mmW communication link 184 to compensate for the extremely high path loss and short range. Further, it will be appreciated that in alternative configurations, one or more base stations 102 may also transmit using mmW or near mmW and beamforming. Accordingly, it will be appreciated that the foregoing illustrations are merely examples and should not be construed to limit the various aspects disclosed herein.
[0061] Transmit beamforming is a technique for focusing an RF signal in a specific direction. Traditionally, when a network node (e.g., a base station) broadcasts an RF signal, it
broadcasts the signal in all directions (omni-directionally). With transmit beamforming, the network node determines where a given target device (e.g., a UE) is located (relative to the transmitting network node) and projects a stronger downlink RF signal in that specific direction, thereby providing a faster (in terms of data rate) and stronger RF signal for the receiving device(s). To change the directionality of the RF signal when transmitting, a network node can control the phase and relative amplitude of the RF signal at each of the one or more transmitters that are broadcasting the RF signal. For example, a network node may use an array of antennas (referred to as a “phased array” or an “antenna array”) that creates a beam of RF waves that can be “steered” to point in different directions, without actually moving the antennas. Specifically, the RF current from the transmitter is fed to the individual antennas with the correct phase relationship so that the radio waves from the separate antennas add together to increase the radiation in a desired direction, while cancelling to suppress radiation in undesired directions.
[0062] Transmit beams may be quasi-co-located, meaning that they appear to the receiver (e.g., a UE) as having the same parameters, regardless of whether or not the transmitting antennas of the network node themselves are physically co-located. In NR, there are four types of quasi -co-1 ocati on (QCL) relations. Specifically, a QCL relation of a given type means that certain parameters about a second reference RF signal on a second beam can be derived from information about a source reference RF signal on a source beam. Thus, if the source reference RF signal is QCL Type A, the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, and delay spread of a second reference RF signal transmitted on the same channel. If the source reference RF signal is QCL Type B, the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the Doppler shift and Doppler spread of a second reference RF signal transmitted on the same channel. If the source reference RF signal is QCL Type C, the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the Doppler shift and average delay of a second reference RF signal transmitted on the same channel. If the source reference RF signal is QCL Type D, the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the spatial receive parameter of a second reference RF signal transmitted on the same channel.
[0063] In receive beamforming, the receiver uses a receive beam to amplify RF signals detected on a given channel. For example, the receiver can increase the gain setting and/or adjust the phase setting of an array of antennas in a particular direction to amplify (e.g., to
increase the gain level of) the RF signals received from that direction. Thus, when a receiver is said to beamform in a certain direction, it means the beam gain in that direction is high relative to the beam gain along other directions, or the beam gain in that direction is the highest compared to the beam gain in that direction of all other receive beams available to the receiver. This results in a stronger received signal strength (e.g., reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), signal -to- interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR), etc.) of the RF signals received from that direction. [0064] Transmit and receive beams may be spatially related. A spatial relation means that parameters for a second beam (e.g., a transmit or receive beam) for a second reference signal can be derived from information about a first beam (e.g., a receive beam or a transmit beam) for a first reference signal. For example, a UE may use a particular receive beam to receive a reference downlink reference signal (e.g., synchronization signal block (SSB)) from a base station. The UE can then form a transmit beam for sending an uplink reference signal (e.g., sounding reference signal (SRS)) to that base station based on the parameters of the receive beam.
[0065] Note that a “downlink” beam may be either a transmit beam or a receive beam, depending on the entity forming it. For example, if a base station is forming the downlink beam to transmit a reference signal to a UE, the downlink beam is a transmit beam. If the UE is forming the downlink beam, however, it is a receive beam to receive the downlink reference signal. Similarly, an “uplink” beam may be either a transmit beam or a receive beam, depending on the entity forming it. For example, if a base station is forming the uplink beam, it is an uplink receive beam, and if a UE is forming the uplink beam, it is an uplink transmit beam.
[0066] The electromagnetic spectrum is often subdivided, based on frequency/wavelength, into various classes, bands, channels, etc. In 5G NR two initial operating bands have been identified as frequency range designations FR1 (410 MHz - 7.125 GHz) and FR2 (24.25 GHz - 52.6 GHz). It should be understood that although a portion of FR1 is greater than 6 GHz, FR1 is often referred to (interchangeably) as a “Sub-6 GHz” band in various documents and articles. A similar nomenclature issue sometimes occurs with regard to FR2, which is often referred to (interchangeably) as a “millimeter wave” band in documents and articles, despite being different from the extremely high frequency (EHF)
band (30 GHz - 300 GHz) which is identified by the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) as a “millimeter wave” band.
[0067] The frequencies between FR1 and FR2 are often referred to as mid-band frequencies. Recent 5G NR studies have identified an operating band for these mid-band frequencies as frequency range designation FR3 (7.125 GHz - 24.25 GHz). Frequency bands falling within FR3 may inherit FR1 characteristics and/or FR2 characteristics, and thus may effectively extend features of FR1 and/or FR2 into mid-band frequencies. In addition, higher frequency bands are currently being explored to extend 5G NR operation beyond 52.6 GHz. For example, three higher operating bands have been identified as frequency range designations FR4a or FR4-1 (52.6 GHz - 71 GHz), FR4 (52.6 GHz - 114.25 GHz), and FR5 (114.25 GHz - 300 GHz). Each of these higher frequency bands falls within the EHF band.
[0068] With the above aspects in mind, unless specifically stated otherwise, it should be understood that the term “sub-6 GHz” or the like if used herein may broadly represent frequencies that may be less than 6 GHz, may be within FR1, or may include mid-band frequencies. Further, unless specifically stated otherwise, it should be understood that the term “millimeter wave” or the like if used herein may broadly represent frequencies that may include mid-band frequencies, may be within FR2, FR4, FR4-a or FR4-1, and/or FR5, or may be within the EHF band.
[0069] In a multi-carrier system, such as 5G, one of the carrier frequencies is referred to as the “primary carrier” or “anchor carrier” or “primary serving cell” or “PCell,” and the remaining carrier frequencies are referred to as “secondary carriers” or “secondary serving cells” or “SCells.” In carrier aggregation, the anchor carrier is the carrier operating on the primary frequency (e.g., FR1) utilized by a UE 104/182 and the cell in which the UE 104/182 either performs the initial radio resource control (RRC) connection establishment procedure or initiates the RRC connection re-establishment procedure. The primary carrier carries all common and UE-specific control channels, and may be a carrier in a licensed frequency (however, this is not always the case). A secondary carrier is a carrier operating on a second frequency (e.g., FR2) that may be configured once the RRC connection is established between the UE 104 and the anchor carrier and that may be used to provide additional radio resources. In some cases, the secondary carrier may be a carrier in an unlicensed frequency. The secondary carrier may contain only necessary
signaling information and signals, for example, those that are UE-specific may not be present in the secondary carrier, since both primary uplink and downlink carriers are typically UE-specific. This means that different UEs 104/182 in a cell may have different downlink primary carriers. The same is true for the uplink primary carriers. The network is able to change the primary carrier of any UE 104/182 at any time. This is done, for example, to balance the load on different carriers. Because a “serving cell” (whether a PCell or an SCell) corresponds to a carrier frequency / component carrier over which some base station is communicating, the term “cell,” “serving cell,” “component carrier,” “carrier frequency,” and the like can be used interchangeably.
[0070] For example, still referring to FIG. 1, one of the frequencies utilized by the macro cell base stations 102 may be an anchor carrier (or “PCell”) and other frequencies utilized by the macro cell base stations 102 and/or the mmW base station 180 may be secondary carriers (“SCells”). The simultaneous transmission and/or reception of multiple carriers enables the UE 104/182 to significantly increase its data transmission and/or reception rates. For example, two 20 MHz aggregated carriers in a multi-carrier system would theoretically lead to a two-fold increase in data rate (i.e., 40 MHz), compared to that attained by a single 20 MHz carrier.
[0071] In the example of FIG. 1, any of the illustrated UEs (shown in FIG. 1 as a single UE 104 for simplicity) may receive signals 124 from one or more Earth orbiting space vehicles (SVs) 112 (e.g., satellites). In an aspect, the S Vs 112 may be part of a satellite positioning system that aUE 104 can use as an independent source of location information. A satellite positioning system typically includes a system of transmitters (e.g., SVs 112) positioned to enable receivers (e.g., UEs 104) to determine their location on or above the Earth based, at least in part, on positioning signals (e.g., signals 124) received from the transmitters. Such a transmitter typically transmits a signal marked with a repeating pseudo-random noise (PN) code of a set number of chips. While typically located in SVs 112, transmitters may sometimes be located on ground-based control stations, base stations 102, and/or other UEs 104. A UE 104 may include one or more dedicated receivers specifically designed to receive signals 124 for deriving geo location information from the SVs 112.
[0072] In a satellite positioning system, the use of signals 124 can be augmented by various satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS) that may be associated with or otherwise enabled for use with one or more global and/or regional navigation satellite systems. For
example an SBAS may include an augmentation system(s) that provides integrity information, differential corrections, etc., such as the Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS), the European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS), the Multifunctional Satellite Augmentation System (MSAS), the Global Positioning System (GPS) Aided Geo Augmented Navigation or GPS and Geo Augmented Navigation system (GAGAN), and/or the like. Thus, as used herein, a satellite positioning system may include any combination of one or more global and/or regional navigation satellites associated with such one or more satellite positioning systems.
[0073] In an aspect, SVs 112 may additionally or alternatively be part of one or more nonterrestrial networks (NTNs). In an NTN, an SV 112 is connected to an earth station (also referred to as a ground station, NTN gateway, or gateway), which in turn is connected to an element in a 5G network, such as a modified base station 102 (without a terrestrial antenna) or a network node in a 5GC. This element would in turn provide access to other elements in the 5G network and ultimately to entities external to the 5G network, such as Internet web servers and other user devices. In that way, a UE 104 may receive communication signals (e.g., signals 124) from an SV 112 instead of, or in addition to, communication signals from a terrestrial base station 102.
[0074] Leveraging the increased data rates and decreased latency of NR, among other things, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication technologies are being implemented to support intelligent transportation systems (ITS) applications, such as wireless communications between vehicles (vehi cl e-to- vehicle (V2V)), between vehicles and the roadside infrastructure (vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I)), and between vehicles and pedestrians (vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P)). The goal is for vehicles to be able to sense the environment around them and communicate that information to other vehicles, infrastructure, and personal mobile devices. Such vehicle communication will enable safety, mobility, and environmental advancements that current technologies are unable to provide. Once fully implemented, the technology is expected to reduce unimpaired vehicle crashes by 80%.
[0075] Still referring to FIG. 1, the wireless communications system 100 may include multiple V-UEs 160 that may communicate with base stations 102 over communication links 120 using the Uu interface (i.e., the air interface between a UE and a base station). V-UEs 160 may also communicate directly with each other over a wireless sidelink 162, with a
roadside unit (RSU) 164 (a roadside access point) over a wireless sidelink 166, or with sidelink-capable UEs 104 over a wireless sidelink 168 using the PC5 interface (i.e., the air interface between sidelink-capable UEs). A wireless sidelink (or just “sidelink”) is an adaptation of the core cellular (e.g., LTE, NR) standard that allows direct communication between two or more UEs without the communication needing to go through a base station. Sidelink communication may be unicast or multicast, and may be used for device- to-device (D2D) media-sharing, V2V communication, V2X communication (e.g., cellular V2X (cV2X) communication, enhanced V2X (eV2X) communication, etc.), emergency rescue applications, etc. One or more of a group of V-UEs 160 utilizing sidelink communications may be within the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 102. Other V-UEs 160 in such a group may be outside the geographic coverage area 110 of a base station 102 or be otherwise unable to receive transmissions from a base station 102. In some cases, groups of V-UEs 160 communicating via sidelink communications may utilize a one-to-many (1:M) system in which each V-UE 160 transmits to every other V- UE 160 in the group. In some cases, a base station 102 facilitates the scheduling of resources for sidelink communications. In other cases, sidelink communications are carried out between V-UEs 160 without the involvement of a base station 102.
[0076] In an aspect, the sidelinks 162, 166, 168 may operate over a wireless communication medium of interest, which may be shared with other wireless communications between other vehicles and/or infrastructure access points, as well as other RATs. A “medium” may be composed of one or more time, frequency, and/or space communication resources (e.g., encompassing one or more channels across one or more carriers) associated with wireless communication between one or more transmitter / receiver pairs.
[0077] In an aspect, the sidelinks 162, 166, 168 may be cV2X links. A first generation of cV2X has been standardized in LTE, and the next generation is expected to be defined in NR. cV2X is a cellular technology that also enables device-to-device communications. In the U.S. and Europe, cV2X is expected to operate in the licensed ITS band in sub-6GHz. Other bands may be allocated in other countries. Thus, as a particular example, the medium of interest utilized by sidelinks 162, 166, 168 may correspond to at least a portion of the licensed ITS frequency band of sub-6GHz. However, the present disclosure is not limited to this frequency band or cellular technology.
[0078] In an aspect, the sidelinks 162, 166, 168 may be dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) links. DSRC is a one-way or two-way short-range to medium-range wireless communication protocol that uses the wireless access for vehicular environments (WAVE) protocol, also known as IEEE 802. l ip, for V2V, V2I, and V2P communications. IEEE 802.1 Ip is an approved amendment to the IEEE 802.11 standard and operates in the licensed ITS band of 5.9 GHz (5.85-5.925 GHz) in the U.S. In Europe, IEEE 802.1 Ip operates in the ITS G5A band (5.875 - 5.905 MHz). Other bands may be allocated in other countries. The V2V communications briefly described above occur on the Safety Channel, which in the U.S. is typically a 10 MHz channel that is dedicated to the purpose of safety. The remainder of the DSRC band (the total bandwidth is 75 MHz) is intended for other services of interest to drivers, such as road rules, tolling, parking automation, etc. Thus, as a particular example, the mediums of interest utilized by sidelinks 162, 166, 168 may correspond to at least a portion of the licensed ITS frequency band of 5.9 GHz.
[0079] Alternatively, the medium of interest may correspond to at least a portion of an unlicensed frequency band shared among various RATs. Although different licensed frequency bands have been reserved for certain communication systems (e.g., by a government entity such as the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) in the United States), these systems, in particular those employing small cell access points, have recently extended operation into unlicensed frequency bands such as the Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) band used by wireless local area network (WLAN) technologies, most notably IEEE 802.1 lx WLAN technologies generally referred to as “Wi-Fi.” Example systems of this type include different variants of CDMA systems, TDMA systems, FDMA systems, orthogonal FDMA (OFDMA) systems, single-carrier FDMA (SC-FDMA) systems, and so on.
[0080] Communications between the V-UEs 160 are referred to as V2V communications, communications between the V-UEs 160 and the one or more RSUs 164 are referred to as V2I communications, and communications between the V-UEs 160 and one or more UEs 104 (where the UEs 104 are P-UEs) are referred to as V2P communications. The V2V communications between V-UEs 160 may include, for example, information about the position, speed, acceleration, heading, and other vehicle data of the V-UEs 160. The V2I information received at a V-UE 160 from the one or more RSUs 164 may include,
for example, road rules, parking automation information, etc. The V2P communications between a V-UE 160 and a UE 104 may include information about, for example, the position, speed, acceleration, and heading of the V-UE 160 and the position, speed (e.g., where the UE 104 is carried by a user on a bicycle), and heading of the UE 104.
[0081] Note that although FIG. 1 only illustrates two of the UEs as V-UEs (V-UEs 160), any of the illustrated UEs (e.g., UEs 104, 152, 182, 190) may be V-UEs. In addition, while only the V-UEs 160 and a single UE 104 have been illustrated as being connected over a sidelink, any of the UEs illustrated in FIG. 1, whether V-UEs, P-UEs, etc., may be capable of sidelink communication. Further, although only UE 182 was described as being capable of beam forming, any of the illustrated UEs, including V-UEs 160, may be capable of beam forming. Where V-UEs 160 are capable of beam forming, they may beam form towards each other (i.e., towards other V-UEs 160), towards RSUs 164, towards other UEs (e.g., UEs 104, 152, 182, 190), etc. Thus, in some cases, V-UEs 160 may utilize beamforming over sidelinks 162, 166, and 168.
[0082] The wireless communications system 100 may further include one or more UEs, such as UE 190, that connects indirectly to one or more communication networks via one or more device-to-device (D2D) peer-to-peer (P2P) links. In the example of FIG. 1, UE 190 has a D2D P2P link 192 with one of the UEs 104 connected to one of the base stations 102 (e.g., through which UE 190 may indirectly obtain cellular connectivity) and a D2D P2P link 194 with WLAN STA 152 connected to the WLAN AP 150 (through which UE 190 may indirectly obtain WLAN-based Internet connectivity). In an example, the D2D P2P links 192 and 194 may be supported with any well-known D2D RAT, such as LTE Direct (LTE-D), WiFi Direct (WiFi-D), Bluetooth®, and so on. As another example, the D2D P2P links 192 and 194 may be sidelinks, as described above with reference to sidelinks 162, 166, and 168.
[0083] FIG. 2A illustrates an example wireless network structure 200. For example, a 5GC 210 (also referred to as a Next Generation Core (NGC)) can be viewed functionally as control plane (C-plane) functions 214 (e.g., UE registration, authentication, network access, gateway selection, etc.) and user plane (U-plane) functions 212, (e.g., UE gateway function, access to data networks, IP routing, etc.) which operate cooperatively to form the core network. User plane interface (NG-U) 213 and control plane interface (NG-C) 215 connect the gNB 222 to the 5GC 210 and specifically to the user plane functions 212
and control plane functions 214, respectively. In an additional configuration, an ng-eNB 224 may also be connected to the 5GC 210 via NG-C 215 to the control plane functions 214 and NG-U 213 to user plane functions 212. Further, ng-eNB 224 may directly communicate with gNB 222 via a backhaul connection 223. In some configurations, a Next Generation RAN (NG-RAN) 220 may have one or more gNBs 222, while other configurations include one or more of both ng-eNBs 224 and gNBs 222. Either (or both) gNB 222 or ng-eNB 224 may communicate with one or more UEs 204 (e.g., any of the UEs described herein).
[0084] Another optional aspect may include a location server 230, which may be in communication with the 5GC 210 to provide location assistance for UE(s) 204. The location server 230 can be implemented as a plurality of separate servers (e.g., physically separate servers, different software modules on a single server, different software modules spread across multiple physical servers, etc.), or alternately may each correspond to a single server. The location server 230 can be configured to support one or more location services for UEs 204 that can connect to the location server 230 via the core network, 5GC 210, and/or via the Internet (not illustrated). Further, the location server 230 may be integrated into a component of the core network, or alternatively may be external to the core network (e.g., a third party server, such as an original equipment manufacturer (OEM) server or service server).
[0085] FIG. 2B illustrates another example wireless network structure 240. A 5GC 260 (which may correspond to 5GC 210 in FIG. 2A) can be viewed functionally as control plane functions, provided by an access and mobility management function (AMF) 264, and user plane functions, provided by a user plane function (UPF) 262, which operate cooperatively to form the core network (i.e., 5GC 260). The functions of the AMF 264 include registration management, connection management, reachability management, mobility management, lawful interception, transport for session management (SM) messages between one or more UEs 204 (e.g., any of the UEs described herein) and a session management function (SMF) 266, transparent proxy services for routing SM messages, access authentication and access authorization, transport for short message service (SMS) messages between the UE 204 and the short message service function (SMSF) (not shown), and security anchor functionality (SEAF). The AMF 264 also interacts with an authentication server function (AUSF) (not shown) and the UE 204, and
receives the intermediate key that was established as a result of the UE 204 authentication process. In the case of authentication based on a UMTS (universal mobile telecommunications system) subscriber identity module (USIM), the AMF 264 retrieves the security material from the AUSF. The functions of the AMF 264 also include security context management (SCM). The SCM receives a key from the SEAF that it uses to derive access-network specific keys. The functionality of the AMF 264 also includes location services management for regulatory services, transport for location services messages between the UE 204 and a location management function (LMF) 270 (which acts as a location server 230), transport for location services messages between the NG-RAN 220 and the LMF 270, evolved packet system (EPS) bearer identifier allocation for interworking with the EPS, and UE 204 mobility event notification. In addition, the AMF 264 also supports functionalities for non-3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project) access networks.
[0086] Functions of the UPF 262 include acting as an anchor point for intra-/inter-RAT mobility (when applicable), acting as an external protocol data unit (PDU) session point of interconnect to a data network (not shown), providing packet routing and forwarding, packet inspection, user plane policy rule enforcement (e.g., gating, redirection, traffic steering), lawful interception (user plane collection), traffic usage reporting, quality of service (QoS) handling for the user plane (e.g., uplink/ downlink rate enforcement, reflective QoS marking in the downlink), uplink traffic verification (service data flow (SDF) to QoS flow mapping), transport level packet marking in the uplink and downlink, downlink packet buffering and downlink data notification triggering, and sending and forwarding of one or more “end markers” to the source RAN node. The UPF 262 may also support transfer of location services messages over a user plane between the UE 204 and a location server, such as an SLP 272.
[0087] The functions of the SMF 266 include session management, UE Internet protocol (IP) address allocation and management, selection and control of user plane functions, configuration of traffic steering at the UPF 262 to route traffic to the proper destination, control of part of policy enforcement and QoS, and downlink data notification. The interface over which the SMF 266 communicates with the AMF 264 is referred to as the Ni l interface.
[0088] Another optional aspect may include an LMF 270, which may be in communication with the 5GC 260 to provide location assistance for UEs 204. The LMF 270 can be implemented as a plurality of separate servers (e.g., physically separate servers, different software modules on a single server, different software modules spread across multiple physical servers, etc.), or alternately may each correspond to a single server. The LMF 270 can be configured to support one or more location services for UEs 204 that can connect to the LMF 270 via the core network, 5GC 260, and/or via the Internet (not illustrated). The SLP 272 may support similar functions to the LMF 270, but whereas the LMF 270 may communicate with the AMF 264, NG-RAN 220, and UEs 204 over a control plane (e.g., using interfaces and protocols intended to convey signaling messages and not voice or data), the SLP 272 may communicate with UEs 204 and external clients (e.g., third-party server 274) over a user plane (e.g., using protocols intended to carry voice and/or data like the transmission control protocol (TCP) and/or IP).
[0089] Yet another optional aspect may include a third-party server 274, which may be in communication with the LMF 270, the SLP 272, the 5GC 260 (e.g., via the AMF 264 and/or the UPF 262), the NG-RAN 220, and/or the UE 204 to obtain location information (e.g., a location estimate) for the UE 204. As such, in some cases, the third-party server 274 may be referred to as a location services (LCS) client or an external client. The third- party server 274 can be implemented as a plurality of separate servers (e.g., physically separate servers, different software modules on a single server, different software modules spread across multiple physical servers, etc.), or alternately may each correspond to a single server.
[0090] User plane interface 263 and control plane interface 265 connect the 5GC 260, and specifically the UPF 262 and AMF 264, respectively, to one or more gNBs 222 and/or ng-eNBs 224 in the NG-RAN 220. The interface between gNB(s) 222 and/or ng-eNB(s) 224 and the AMF 264 is referred to as the “N2” interface, and the interface between gNB(s) 222 and/or ng-eNB(s) 224 and the UPF 262 is referred to as the “N3” interface. The gNB(s) 222 and/or ng-eNB(s) 224 of the NG-RAN 220 may communicate directly with each other via backhaul connections 223, referred to as the “Xn-C” interface. One or more of gNBs 222 and/or ng-eNBs 224 may communicate with one or more UEs 204 over a wireless interface, referred to as the “Uu” interface.
[0091] The functionality of a gNB 222 may be divided between a gNB central unit (gNB-CU) 226, one or more gNB distributed units (gNB-DUs) 228, and one or more gNB radio units (gNB-RUs) 229. A gNB-CU 226 is a logical node that includes the base station functions of transferring user data, mobility control, radio access network sharing, positioning, session management, and the like, except for those functions allocated exclusively to the gNB-DU(s) 228. More specifically, the gNB-CU 226 generally host the radio resource control (RRC), service data adaptation protocol (SDAP), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) protocols of the gNB 222. A gNB-DU 228 is a logical node that generally hosts the radio link control (RLC) and medium access control (MAC) layer of the gNB 222. Its operation is controlled by the gNB-CU 226. One gNB-DU 228 can support one or more cells, and one cell is supported by only one gNB-DU 228. The interface 232 between the gNB-CU 226 and the one or more gNB-DUs 228 is referred to as the “Fl” interface. The physical (PHY) layer functionality of a gNB 222 is generally hosted by one or more standalone gNB-RUs 229 that perform functions such as power amplification and signal transmission/reception. The interface between a gNB-DU 228 and a gNB-RU 229 is referred to as the “Fx” interface. Thus, a UE 204 communicates with the gNB-CU 226 via the RRC, SDAP, and PDCP layers, with a gNB-DU 228 via the RLC and MAC layers, and with a gNB-RU 229 via the PHY layer.
[0092] Deployment of communication systems, such as 5G NR systems, may be arranged in multiple manners with various components or constituent parts. In a 5G NR system, or network, a network node, a network entity, a mobility element of a network, a RAN node, a core network node, a network element, or a network equipment, such as a base station, or one or more units (or one or more components) performing base station functionality, may be implemented in an aggregated or disaggregated architecture. For example, a base station (such as a Node B (NB), evolved NB (eNB), NR base station, 5GNB, access point (AP), a transmit receive point (TRP), or a cell, etc.) may be implemented as an aggregated base station (also known as a standalone base station or a monolithic base station) or a disaggregated base station.
[0093] An aggregated base station may be configured to utilize a radio protocol stack that is physically or logically integrated within a single RAN node. A disaggregated base station may be configured to utilize a protocol stack that is physically or logically distributed among two or more units (such as one or more central or centralized units (CUs), one or
more distributed units (DUs), or one or more radio units (RUs)). In some aspects, a CU may be implemented within a RAN node, and one or more DUs may be co-located with the CU, or alternatively, may be geographically or virtually distributed throughout one or multiple other RAN nodes. The DUs may be implemented to communicate with one or more RUs. Each of the CU, DU and RU also can be implemented as virtual units, i.e., a virtual central unit (VCU), a virtual distributed unit (VDU), or a virtual radio unit (VRU). [0094] Base station-type operation or network design may consider aggregation characteristics of base station functionality. For example, disaggregated base stations may be utilized in an integrated access backhaul (IAB) network, an open radio access network (0-RAN (such as the network configuration sponsored by the 0-RAN Alliance)), or a virtualized radio access network (vRAN, also known as a cloud radio access network (C-RAN)). Disaggregation may include distributing functionality across two or more units at various physical locations, as well as distributing functionality for at least one unit virtually, which can enable flexibility in network design. The various units of the disaggregated base station, or disaggregated RAN architecture, can be configured for wired or wireless communication with at least one other unit.
[0095] FIG. 2C illustrates an example disaggregated base station architecture 250, according to aspects of the disclosure. The disaggregated base station architecture 250 may include one or more central units (CUs) 280 (e.g., gNB-CU 226) that can communicate directly with a core network 267 (e.g., 5GC 210, 5GC 260) via a backhaul link, or indirectly with the core network 267 through one or more disaggregated base station units (such as a Near-Real Time (Near-RT) RAN Intelligent Controller (RIC) 259 via an E2 link, or a Non-Real Time (Non-RT) RIC 257 associated with a Service Management and Orchestration (SMO) Framework 255, or both). A CU 280 may communicate with one or more distributed units (DUs) 285 (e.g., gNB-DUs 228) via respective midhaul links, such as an Fl interface. The DUs 285 may communicate with one or more radio units (RUs) 287 (e.g., gNB-RUs 229) via respective fronthaul links. The RUs 287 may communicate with respective UEs 204 via one or more radio frequency (RF) access links. In some implementations, the UE 204 may be simultaneously served by multiple RUs 287.
[0096] Each of the units, i.e., the CUs 280, the DUs 285, the RUs 287, as well as the Near-RT RICs 259, the Non-RT RICs 257 and the SMO Framework 255, may include one or more
interfaces or be coupled to one or more interfaces configured to receive or transmit signals, data, or information (collectively, signals) via a wired or wireless transmission medium. Each of the units, or an associated processor or controller providing instructions to the communication interfaces of the units, can be configured to communicate with one or more of the other units via the transmission medium. For example, the units can include a wired interface configured to receive or transmit signals over a wired transmission medium to one or more of the other units. Additionally, the units can include a wireless interface, which may include a receiver, a transmitter or transceiver (such as a radio frequency (RF) transceiver), configured to receive or transmit signals, or both, over a wireless transmission medium to one or more of the other units.
[0097] In some aspects, the CU 280 may host one or more higher layer control functions. Such control functions can include radio resource control (RRC), packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), service data adaptation protocol (SDAP), or the like. Each control function can be implemented with an interface configured to communicate signals with other control functions hosted by the CU 280. The CU 280 may be configured to handle user plane functionality (i.e., Central Unit - User Plane (CU-UP)), control plane functionality (i.e., Central Unit - Control Plane (CU-CP)), or a combination thereof. In some implementations, the CU 280 can be logically split into one or more CU-UP units and one or more CU-CP units. The CU-UP unit can communicate bidirectionally with the CU-CP unit via an interface, such as the El interface when implemented in an 0-RAN configuration. The CU 280 can be implemented to communicate with the DU 285, as necessary, for network control and signaling.
[0098] The DU 285 may correspond to a logical unit that includes one or more base station functions to control the operation of one or more RUs 287. In some aspects, the DU 285 may host one or more of a radio link control (RLC) layer, a medium access control (MAC) layer, and one or more high physical (PHY) layers (such as modules for forward error correction (FEC) encoding and decoding, scrambling, modulation and demodulation, or the like) depending, at least in part, on a functional split, such as those defined by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). In some aspects, the DU 285 may further host one or more low PHY layers. Each layer (or module) can be implemented with an interface configured to communicate signals with other layers (and modules) hosted by the DU 285, or with the control functions hosted by the CU 280.
[0099] Lower-layer functionality can be implemented by one or more RUs 287. In some deployments, an RU 287, controlled by a DU 285, may correspond to a logical node that hosts RF processing functions, or low-PHY layer functions (such as performing fast Fourier transform (FFT), inverse FFT (iFFT), digital beamforming, physical random access channel (PRACH) extraction and filtering, or the like), or both, based at least in part on the functional split, such as a lower layer functional split. In such an architecture, the RU(s) 287 can be implemented to handle over the air (OTA) communication with one or more UEs 204. In some implementations, real-time and non-real-time aspects of control and user plane communication with the RU(s) 287 can be controlled by the corresponding DU 285. In some scenarios, this configuration can enable the DU(s) 285 and the CU 280 to be implemented in a cloud-based RAN architecture, such as a vRAN architecture.
[0100] The SMO Framework 255 may be configured to support RAN deployment and provisioning of non-virtualized and virtualized network elements. For non-virtualized network elements, the SMO Framework 255 may be configured to support the deployment of dedicated physical resources for RAN coverage requirements which may be managed via an operations and maintenance interface (such as an 01 interface). For virtualized network elements, the SMO Framework 255 may be configured to interact with a cloud computing platform (such as an open cloud (O-Cloud) 269) to perform network element life cycle management (such as to instantiate virtualized network elements) via a cloud computing platform interface (such as an 02 interface). Such virtualized network elements can include, but are not limited to, CUs 280, DUs 285, RUs 287 and Near-RT RICs 259. In some implementations, the SMO Framework 255 can communicate with a hardware aspect of a 4G RAN, such as an open eNB (O-eNB) 261, via an 01 interface. Additionally, in some implementations, the SMO Framework 255 can communicate directly with one or more RUs 287 via an 01 interface. The SMO Framework 255 also may include a Non-RT RIC 257 configured to support functionality of the SMO Framework 255.
[0101] The Non-RT RIC 257 may be configured to include a logical function that enables non- real-time control and optimization of RAN elements and resources, Artificial Intelligence/Machine Learning (AI/ML) workflows including model training and updates, or policy-based guidance of applications/features in the Near-RT RIC 259. The
Non-RT RIC 257 may be coupled to or communicate with (such as via an Al interface) the Near-RT RIC 259. The Near-RT RIC 259 may be configured to include a logical function that enables near-real-time control and optimization of RAN elements and resources via data collection and actions over an interface (such as via an E2 interface) connecting one or more CUs 280, one or more DUs 285, or both, as well as an O-eNB, with the Near-RT RIC 259.
[0102] In some implementations, to generate AI/ML models to be deployed in the Near-RT RIC 259, the Non-RT RIC 257 may receive parameters or external enrichment information from external servers. Such information may be utilized by the Near-RT RIC 259 and may be received at the SMO Framework 255 or the Non-RT RIC 257 from non-network data sources or from network functions. In some examples, the Non-RT RIC 257 or the Near-RT RIC 259 may be configured to tune RAN behavior or performance. For example, the Non-RT RIC 257 may monitor long-term trends and patterns for performance and employ AI/ML models to perform corrective actions through the SMO Framework 255 (such as reconfiguration via 01) or via creation of RAN management policies (such as Al policies).
[0103] FIGS. 3A, 3B, and 3C illustrate several example components (represented by corresponding blocks) that may be incorporated into a UE 302 (which may correspond to any of the UEs described herein), a base station 304 (which may correspond to any of the base stations described herein), and a network entity 306 (which may correspond to or embody any of the network functions described herein, including the location server 230 and the LMF 270, or alternatively may be independent from the NG-RAN 220 and/or 5GC 210/260 infrastructure depicted in FIGS. 2 A and 2B, such as a private network) to support the operations described herein. It will be appreciated that these components may be implemented in different types of apparatuses in different implementations (e.g., in an ASIC, in a system-on-chip (SoC), etc.). The illustrated components may also be incorporated into other apparatuses in a communication system. For example, other apparatuses in a system may include components similar to those described to provide similar functionality. Also, a given apparatus may contain one or more of the components. For example, an apparatus may include multiple transceiver components that enable the apparatus to operate on multiple carriers and/or communicate via different technologies.
[0104] The UE 302 and the base station 304 each include one or more wireless wide area network (WWAN) transceivers 310 and 350, respectively, providing means for communicating (e.g., means for transmitting, means for receiving, means for measuring, means fortuning, means for refraining from transmitting, etc.) via one or more wireless communication networks (not shown), such as an NR network, an LTE network, a GSM network, and/or the like. The WWAN transceivers 310 and 350 may each be connected to one or more antennas 316 and 356, respectively, for communicating with other network nodes, such as other UEs, access points, base stations (e.g., eNBs, gNBs), etc., via at least one designated RAT (e.g., NR, LTE, GSM, etc.) over a wireless communication medium of interest (e.g., some set of time/frequency resources in a particular frequency spectrum). The WWAN transceivers 310 and 350 may be variously configured for transmitting and encoding signals 318 and 358 (e.g., messages, indications, information, and so on), respectively, and, conversely, for receiving and decoding signals 318 and 358 (e.g., messages, indications, information, pilots, and so on), respectively, in accordance with the designated RAT. Specifically, the WWAN transceivers 310 and 350 include one or more transmitters 314 and 354, respectively, for transmitting and encoding signals 318 and 358, respectively, and one or more receivers 312 and 352, respectively, for receiving and decoding signals 318 and 358, respectively.
[0105] The LE 302 and the base station 304 each also include, at least in some cases, one or more short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360, respectively. The short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 may be connected to one or more antennas 326 and 366, respectively, and provide means for communicating (e.g., means for transmitting, means for receiving, means for measuring, means for tuning, means for refraining from transmitting, etc.) with other network nodes, such as other LEs, access points, base stations, etc., via at least one designated RAT (e.g., WiFi, LTE-D, Bluetooth®, Zigbee®, Z-Wave®, PC5, dedicated short-range communications (DSRC), wireless access for vehicular environments (WAVE), near-field communication (NFC), ultra-wideband (UWB), etc.) over a wireless communication medium of interest. The short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 may be variously configured for transmitting and encoding signals 328 and 368 (e.g., messages, indications, information, and so on), respectively, and, conversely, for receiving and decoding signals 328 and 368 (e.g., messages, indications, information, pilots, and so on), respectively, in accordance with
the designated RAT. Specifically, the short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 include one or more transmitters 324 and 364, respectively, for transmitting and encoding signals 328 and 368, respectively, and one or more receivers 322 and 362, respectively, for receiving and decoding signals 328 and 368, respectively. As specific examples, the short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 may be WiFi transceivers, Bluetooth® transceivers, Zigbee® and/or Z-Wave® transceivers, NFC transceivers, UWB transceivers, or vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) and/or vehicle-to-everything (V2X) transceivers.
[0106] The UE 302 and the base station 304 also include, at least in some cases, satellite signal receivers 330 and 370. The satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 may be connected to one or more antennas 336 and 376, respectively, and may provide means for receiving and/or measuring satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378, respectively. Where the satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 are satellite positioning system receivers, the satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378 may be global positioning system (GPS) signals, global navigation satellite system (GLONASS) signals, Galileo signals, Beidou signals, Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System (NAVIC), QuasiZenith Satellite System (QZSS), etc. Where the satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 are non-terrestrial network (NTN) receivers, the satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378 may be communication signals (e.g., carrying control and/or user data) originating from a 5G network. The satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 may comprise any suitable hardware and/or software for receiving and processing satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378, respectively. The satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 may request information and operations as appropriate from the other systems, and, at least in some cases, perform calculations to determine locations of the UE 302 and the base station 304, respectively, using measurements obtained by any suitable satellite positioning system algorithm.
[0107] The base station 304 and the network entity 306 each include one or more network transceivers 380 and 390, respectively, providing means for communicating (e.g., means for transmitting, means for receiving, etc.) with other network entities (e.g., other base stations 304, other network entities 306). For example, the base station 304 may employ the one or more network transceivers 380 to communicate with other base stations 304 or network entities 306 over one or more wired or wireless backhaul links. As another
example, the network entity 306 may employ the one or more network transceivers 390 to communicate with one or more base station 304 over one or more wired or wireless backhaul links, or with other network entities 306 over one or more wired or wireless core network interfaces.
[0108] A transceiver may be configured to communicate over a wired or wireless link. A transceiver (whether a wired transceiver or a wireless transceiver) includes transmitter circuitry (e.g., transmitters 314, 324, 354, 364) and receiver circuitry (e.g., receivers 312, 322, 352, 362). A transceiver may be an integrated device (e.g., embodying transmitter circuitry and receiver circuitry in a single device) in some implementations, may comprise separate transmitter circuitry and separate receiver circuitry in some implementations, or may be embodied in other ways in other implementations. The transmitter circuitry and receiver circuitry of a wired transceiver (e.g., network transceivers 380 and 390 in some implementations) may be coupled to one or more wired network interface ports. Wireless transmitter circuitry (e.g., transmitters 314, 324, 354, 364) may include or be coupled to a plurality of antennas (e.g., antennas 316, 326, 356, 366), such as an antenna array, that permits the respective apparatus (e.g., UE 302, base station 304) to perform transmit “beamforming,” as described herein. Similarly, wireless receiver circuitry (e.g., receivers 312, 322, 352, 362) may include or be coupled to a plurality of antennas (e.g., antennas 316, 326, 356, 366), such as an antenna array, that permits the respective apparatus (e.g., UE 302, base station 304) to perform receive beamforming, as described herein. In an aspect, the transmitter circuitry and receiver circuitry may share the same plurality of antennas (e.g., antennas 316, 326, 356, 366), such that the respective apparatus can only receive or transmit at a given time, not both at the same time. A wireless transceiver (e.g., WWAN transceivers 310 and 350, short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360) may also include a network listen module (NLM) or the like for performing various measurements.
[0109] As used herein, the various wireless transceivers (e.g., transceivers 310, 320, 350, and 360, and network transceivers 380 and 390 in some implementations) and wired transceivers (e.g., network transceivers 380 and 390 in some implementations) may generally be characterized as “a transceiver,” “at least one transceiver,” or “one or more transceivers.” As such, whether a particular transceiver is a wired or wireless transceiver may be inferred from the type of communication performed. For example, backhaul
communication between network devices or servers will generally relate to signaling via a wired transceiver, whereas wireless communication between a UE (e.g., UE 302) and a base station (e.g., base station 304) will generally relate to signaling via a wireless transceiver.
[0110] The UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 also include other components that may be used in conjunction with the operations as disclosed herein. The UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 include one or more processors 332, 384, and 394, respectively, for providing functionality relating to, for example, wireless communication, and for providing other processing functionality. The processors 332, 384, and 394 may therefore provide means for processing, such as means for determining, means for calculating, means for receiving, means for transmitting, means for indicating, etc. In an aspect, the processors 332, 384, and 394 may include, for example, one or more general purpose processors, multi-core processors, central processing units (CPUs), ASICs, digital signal processors (DSPs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), other programmable logic devices or processing circuitry, or various combinations thereof.
[0111] The UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 include memory circuitry implementing memories 340, 386, and 396 (e.g., each including a memory device), respectively, for maintaining information (e.g., information indicative of reserved resources, thresholds, parameters, and so on). The memories 340, 386, and 396 may therefore provide means for storing, means for retrieving, means for maintaining, etc. In some cases, the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 may include positioning component 342, 388, and 398, respectively. The positioning component 342, 388, and 398 may be hardware circuits that are part of or coupled to the processors 332, 384, and 394, respectively, that, when executed, cause the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 to perform the functionality described herein. In other aspects, the positioning component 342, 388, and 398 may be external to the processors 332, 384, and 394 (e.g., part of a modem processing system, integrated with another processing system, etc.). Alternatively, the positioning component 342, 388, and 398 may be memory modules stored in the memories 340, 386, and 396, respectively, that, when executed by the processors 332, 384, and 394 (or a modem processing system, another processing system, etc.), cause the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 to
perform the functionality described herein. FIG. 3A illustrates possible locations of the positioning component 342, which may be, for example, part of the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the memory 340, the one or more processors 332, or any combination thereof, or may be a standalone component. FIG. 3B illustrates possible locations of the positioning component 388, which may be, for example, part of the one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the memory 386, the one or more processors 384, or any combination thereof, or may be a standalone component. FIG. 3C illustrates possible locations of the positioning component 398, which may be, for example, part of the one or more network transceivers 390, the memory 396, the one or more processors 394, or any combination thereof, or may be a standalone component.
[0112] The UE 302 may include one or more sensors 344 coupled to the one or more processors 332 to provide means for sensing or detecting movement and/or orientation information that is independent of motion data derived from signals received by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more short-range wireless transceivers 320, and/or the satellite signal receiver 330. By way of example, the sensor(s) 344 may include an accelerometer (e.g., a micro-electrical mechanical systems (MEMS) device), a gyroscope, a geomagnetic sensor (e.g., a compass), an altimeter (e.g., a barometric pressure altimeter), and/or any other type of movement detection sensor. Moreover, the sensor(s) 344 may include a plurality of different types of devices and combine their outputs in order to provide motion information. For example, the sensor(s) 344 may use a combination of a multi-axis accelerometer and orientation sensors to provide the ability to compute positions in two-dimensional (2D) and/or three-dimensional (3D) coordinate systems.
[0113] In addition, the UE 302 includes a user interface 346 providing means for providing indications (e.g., audible and/or visual indications) to a user and/or for receiving user input (e.g., upon user actuation of a sensing device such a keypad, a touch screen, a microphone, and so on). Although not shown, the base station 304 and the network entity 306 may also include user interfaces.
[0114] Referring to the one or more processors 384 in more detail, in the downlink, IP packets from the network entity 306 may be provided to the processor 384. The one or more processors 384 may implement functionality for an RRC layer, a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, a radio link control (RLC) layer, and a medium access control
(MAC) layer. The one or more processors 384 may provide RRC layer functionality associated with broadcasting of system information (e.g., master information block (MIB), system information blocks (SIBs)), RRC connection control (e.g., RRC connection paging, RRC connection establishment, RRC connection modification, and RRC connection release), inter-RAT mobility, and measurement configuration for UE measurement reporting; PDCP layer functionality associated with header compression/decompression, security (ciphering, deciphering, integrity protection, integrity verification), and handover support functions; RLC layer functionality associated with the transfer of upper layer PDUs, error correction through automatic repeat request (ARQ), concatenation, segmentation, and reassembly of RLC service data units (SDUs), re-segmentation of RLC data PDUs, and reordering of RLC data PDUs; and MAC layer functionality associated with mapping between logical channels and transport channels, scheduling information reporting, error correction, priority handling, and logical channel prioritization.
[0115] The transmitter 354 and the receiver 352 may implement Layer- 1 (LI) functionality associated with various signal processing functions. Layer- 1, which includes a physical (PHY) layer, may include error detection on the transport channels, forward error correction (FEC) coding/decoding of the transport channels, interleaving, rate matching, mapping onto physical channels, modulation/demodulation of physical channels, and MIMO antenna processing. The transmitter 354 handles mapping to signal constellations based on various modulation schemes (e.g., binary phase-shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase-shift keying (QPSK), M-phase-shift keying (M-PSK), M-quadrature amplitude modulation (M-QAM)). The coded and modulated symbols may then be split into parallel streams. Each stream may then be mapped to an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) subcarrier, multiplexed with a reference signal (e.g., pilot) in the time and/or frequency domain, and then combined together using an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) to produce a physical channel carrying a time domain OFDM symbol stream. The OFDM symbol stream is spatially precoded to produce multiple spatial streams. Channel estimates from a channel estimator may be used to determine the coding and modulation scheme, as well as for spatial processing. The channel estimate may be derived from a reference signal and/or channel condition feedback transmitted by the UE 302. Each spatial stream may then be provided to one or more different antennas 356. The
transmitter 354 may modulate an RF carrier with a respective spatial stream for transmission.
[0116] At the UE 302, the receiver 312 receives a signal through its respective antenna(s) 316. The receiver 312 recovers information modulated onto an RF carrier and provides the information to the one or more processors 332. The transmitter 314 and the receiver 312 implement Lay er- 1 functionality associated with various signal processing functions. The receiver 312 may perform spatial processing on the information to recover any spatial streams destined for the UE 302. If multiple spatial streams are destined for the UE 302, they may be combined by the receiver 312 into a single OFDM symbol stream. The receiver 312 then converts the OFDM symbol stream from the time-domain to the frequency domain using a fast Fourier transform (FFT). The frequency domain signal comprises a separate OFDM symbol stream for each subcarrier of the OFDM signal. The symbols on each subcarrier, and the reference signal, are recovered and demodulated by determining the most likely signal constellation points transmitted by the base station 304. These soft decisions may be based on channel estimates computed by a channel estimator. The soft decisions are then decoded and de-interleaved to recover the data and control signals that were originally transmitted by the base station 304 on the physical channel. The data and control signals are then provided to the one or more processors 332, which implements Layer-3 (L3) and Layer-2 (L2) functionality.
[0117] In the downlink, the one or more processors 332 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, deciphering, header decompression, and control signal processing to recover IP packets from the core network. The one or more processors 332 are also responsible for error detection.
[0118] Similar to the functionality described in connection with the downlink transmission by the base station 304, the one or more processors 332 provides RRC layer functionality associated with system information (e.g., MIB, SIBs) acquisition, RRC connections, and measurement reporting; PDCP layer functionality associated with header compression/decompression, and security (ciphering, deciphering, integrity protection, integrity verification); REC layer functionality associated with the transfer of upper layer PDUs, error correction through ARQ, concatenation, segmentation, and reassembly of RLC SDUs, re-segmentation of RLC data PDUs, and reordering of RLC data PDUs; and MAC layer functionality associated with mapping between logical channels and transport
channels, multiplexing of MAC SDUs onto transport blocks (TBs), demultiplexing of MAC SDUs from TBs, scheduling information reporting, error correction through hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ), priority handling, and logical channel prioritization.
[0119] Channel estimates derived by the channel estimator from a reference signal or feedback transmitted by the base station 304 may be used by the transmitter 314 to select the appropriate coding and modulation schemes, and to facilitate spatial processing. The spatial streams generated by the transmitter 314 may be provided to different antenna(s) 316. The transmitter 314 may modulate an RF carrier with a respective spatial stream for transmission.
[0120] The uplink transmission is processed at the base station 304 in a manner similar to that described in connection with the receiver function at the UE 302. The receiver 352 receives a signal through its respective antenna(s) 356. The receiver 352 recovers information modulated onto an RF carrier and provides the information to the one or more processors 384.
[0121] In the uplink, the one or more processors 384 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, deciphering, header decompression, control signal processing to recover IP packets from the UE 302. IP packets from the one or more processors 384 may be provided to the core network. The one or more processors 384 are also responsible for error detection.
[0122] For convenience, the UE 302, the base station 304, and/or the network entity 306 are shown in FIGS. 3 A, 3B, and 3C as including various components that may be configured according to the various examples described herein. It will be appreciated, however, that the illustrated components may have different functionality in different designs. In particular, various components in FIGS. 3A to 3C are optional in alternative configurations and the various aspects include configurations that may vary due to design choice, costs, use of the device, or other considerations. For example, in case of FIG. 3A, a particular implementation of UE 302 may omit the WWAN transceiver(s) 310 (e.g., a wearable device or tablet computer or PC or laptop may have Wi-Fi and/or Bluetooth capability without cellular capability), or may omit the short-range wireless transceiver s) 320 (e.g., cellular-only, etc.), or may omit the satellite signal receiver 330, or may omit the sensor(s) 344, and so on. In another example, in case of FIG. 3B, a particular implementation of the base station 304 may omit the WWAN transceiver(s) 350 (e.g., a
Wi-Fi “hotspot” access point without cellular capability), or may omit the short-range wireless transceiver s) 360 (e.g., cellular-only, etc.), or may omit the satellite signal receiver 370, and so on. For brevity, illustration of the various alternative configurations is not provided herein, but would be readily understandable to one skilled in the art.
[0123] The various components of the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 may be communicatively coupled to each other over data buses 334, 382, and 392, respectively. In an aspect, the data buses 334, 382, and 392 may form, or be part of, a communication interface of the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306, respectively. For example, where different logical entities are embodied in the same device (e.g., gNB and location server functionality incorporated into the same base station 304), the data buses 334, 382, and 392 may provide communication between them.
[0124] The components of FIGS. 3A, 3B, and 3C may be implemented in various ways. In some implementations, the components of FIGS. 3 A, 3B, and 3C may be implemented in one or more circuits such as, for example, one or more processors and/or one or more ASICs (which may include one or more processors). Here, each circuit may use and/or incorporate at least one memory component for storing information or executable code used by the circuit to provide this functionality. For example, some or all of the functionality represented by blocks 310 to 346 may be implemented by processor and memory component(s) of the UE 302 (e.g., by execution of appropriate code and/or by appropriate configuration of processor components). Similarly, some or all of the functionality represented by blocks 350 to 388 may be implemented by processor and memory component(s) of the base station 304 (e.g., by execution of appropriate code and/or by appropriate configuration of processor components). Also, some or all of the functionality represented by blocks 390 to 398 may be implemented by processor and memory component(s) of the network entity 306 (e.g., by execution of appropriate code and/or by appropriate configuration of processor components). For simplicity, various operations, acts, and/or functions are described herein as being performed “by a UE,” “by a base station,” “by a network entity,” etc. However, as will be appreciated, such operations, acts, and/or functions may actually be performed by specific components or combinations of components of the UE 302, base station 304, network entity 306, etc., such as the processors 332, 384, 394, the transceivers 310, 320, 350, and 360, the memories 340, 386, and 396, the positioning component 342, 388, and 398, etc.
[0125] In some designs, the network entity 306 may be implemented as a core network component. In other designs, the network entity 306 may be distinct from a network operator or operation of the cellular network infrastructure (e.g., NG RAN 220 and/or 5GC 210/260). For example, the network entity 306 may be a component of a private network that may be configured to communicate with the UE 302 via the base station 304 or independently from the base station 304 (e.g., over a non-cellular communication link, such as WiFi).
[0126] NR supports a number of cellular network-based positioning technologies, including downlink-based, uplink-based, and downlink-and-uplink-based positioning methods. Downlink-based positioning methods include observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) in LTE, downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA) in NR, and downlink angle-of-departure (DL-AoD) in NR. FIG. 4 illustrates examples of various positioning methods, according to aspects of the disclosure. In an OTDOA or DL-TDOA positioning procedure, illustrated by scenario 410, a UE measures the differences between the times of arrival (ToAs) of reference signals (e.g., positioning reference signals (PRS)) received from pairs of base stations, referred to as reference signal time difference (RSTD) or time difference of arrival (TDOA) measurements, and reports them to a positioning entity. More specifically, the UE receives the identifiers (IDs) of a reference base station (e.g., a serving base station) and multiple non-reference base stations in assistance data. The UE then measures the RSTD between the reference base station and each of the non-reference base stations. Based on the known locations of the involved base stations and the RSTD measurements, the positioning entity (e.g., the UE for UE-based positioning or a location server for UE-assisted positioning) can estimate the UE’s location.
[0127] For DL-AoD positioning, illustrated by scenario 420, the positioning entity uses a measurement report from the UE of received signal strength measurements of multiple downlink transmit beams to determine the angle(s) between the UE and the transmitting base station(s). The positioning entity can then estimate the location of the UE based on the determined angle(s) and the known location(s) of the transmitting base station(s).
[0128] Uplink-based positioning methods include uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA) and uplink angle-of-arrival (UL-AoA). UL-TDOA is similar to DL-TDOA, but is based on uplink reference signals (e.g., sounding reference signals (SRS)) transmitted by the UE to multiple base stations. Specifically, a UE transmits one or more uplink reference
signals that are measured by a reference base station and a plurality of non-reference base stations. Each base station then reports the reception time (referred to as the relative time of arrival (RTOA)) of the reference signal(s) to a positioning entity (e.g., a location server) that knows the locations and relative timing of the involved base stations. Based on the reception-to-reception (Rx-Rx) time difference between the reported RTOA of the reference base station and the reported RTOA of each non-reference base station, the known locations of the base stations, and their known timing offsets, the positioning entity can estimate the location of the UE using TDOA.
[0129] For UL-AoA positioning, one or more base stations measure the received signal strength of one or more uplink reference signals (e.g., SRS) received from a UE on one or more uplink receive beams. The positioning entity uses the signal strength measurements and the angle(s) of the receive beam(s) to determine the angle(s) between the UE and the base station(s). Based on the determined angle(s) and the known location(s) of the base station(s), the positioning entity can then estimate the location of the UE.
[0130] Downlink-and-uplink-based positioning methods include enhanced cell-ID (E-CID) positioning and multi -round-trip-time (RTT) positioning (also referred to as “multi-cell RTT” and “multi -RTT”). In an RTT procedure, a first entity (e.g., a base station or a UE) transmits a first RTT-related signal (e.g., a PRS or SRS) to a second entity (e.g., a UE or base station), which transmits a second RTT-related signal (e.g., an SRS or PRS) back to the first entity. Each entity measures the time difference between the time of arrival (ToA) of the received RTT-related signal and the transmission time of the transmitted RTT-related signal. This time difference is referred to as a reception-to-transmission (Rx- Tx) time difference. The Rx-Tx time difference measurement may be made, or may be adjusted, to include only a time difference between nearest slot boundaries for the received and transmitted signals. Both entities may then send their Rx-Tx time difference measurement to a location server (e.g., an LMF 270), which calculates the round trip propagation time (i.e., RTT) between the two entities from the two Rx-Tx time difference measurements (e.g., as the sum of the two Rx-Tx time difference measurements). Alternatively, one entity may send its Rx-Tx time difference measurement to the other entity, which then calculates the RTT. The distance between the two entities can be determined from the RTT and the known signal speed (e.g., the speed of light). For multi- RTT positioning, illustrated by scenario 430, a first entity (e.g., a UE or base station)
performs an RTT positioning procedure with multiple second entities (e.g., multiple base stations or UEs) to enable the location of the first entity to be determined (e.g., using multilateration) based on distances to, and the known locations of, the second entities. RTT and multi-RTT methods can be combined with other positioning techniques, such as UL-AoA and DL-AoD, to improve location accuracy, as illustrated by scenario 440.
[0131] The E-CID positioning method is based on radio resource management (RRM) measurements. In E-CID, the UE reports the serving cell ID, the timing advance (TA), and the identifiers, estimated timing, and signal strength of detected neighbor base stations. The location of the UE is then estimated based on this information and the known locations of the base station(s).
[0132] To assist positioning operations, a location server (e.g., location server 230, LMF 270, SLP 272) may provide assistance data to the UE. For example, the assistance data may include identifiers of the base stations (or the cells/TRPs of the base stations) from which to measure reference signals, the reference signal configuration parameters (e.g., the number of consecutive slots including PRS, periodicity of the consecutive slots including PRS, muting sequence, frequency hopping sequence, reference signal identifier, reference signal bandwidth, etc.), and/or other parameters applicable to the particular positioning method. Alternatively, the assistance data may originate directly from the base stations themselves (e.g., in periodically broadcasted overhead messages, etc.). In some cases, the UE may be able to detect neighbor network nodes itself without the use of assistance data.
[0133] In the case of an OTDOA or DL-TDOA positioning procedure, the assistance data may further include an expected RSTD value and an associated uncertainty, or search window, around the expected RSTD. In some cases, the value range of the expected RSTD may be +/- 500 microseconds (ps). In some cases, when any of the resources used for the positioning measurement are in FR1, the value range for the uncertainty of the expected RSTD may be +/- 32 ps. In other cases, when all of the resources used for the positioning measurement(s) are in FR2, the value range for the uncertainty of the expected RSTD may be +/- 8 ps.
[0134] A location estimate may be referred to by other names, such as a position estimate, location, position, position fix, fix, or the like. A location estimate may be geodetic and comprise coordinates (e.g., latitude, longitude, and possibly altitude) or may be civic and comprise a street address, postal address, or some other verbal description of a location.
A location estimate may further be defined relative to some other known location or defined in absolute terms (e.g., using latitude, longitude, and possibly altitude). A location estimate may include an expected error or uncertainty (e.g., by including an area or volume within which the location is expected to be included with some specified or default level of confidence).
[0135] FIG. 5 is a diagram 500 illustrating an example PRS configuration for two TRPs (labeled “TRP1” and “TRP2”) operating in the same positioning frequency layer (labeled “Positioning Frequency Layer 1”), according to aspects of the disclosure. For a positioning session, a UE may be provided with assistance data indicating the illustrated PRS configuration. In the example of FIG. 5, the first TRP (“TRP1”) is associated with (e.g., transmits) two PRS resource sets, labeled “PRS Resource Set 1” and “PRS Resource Set 2,” and the second TRP (“TRP2”) is associated with one PRS resource set, labeled “PRS Resource Set 3.” Each PRS resource set comprises at least two PRS resources. Specifically, the first PRS resource set (“PRS Resource Set 1”) includes PRS resources labeled “PRS Resource 1” and “PRS Resource 2,” the second PRS resource set (“PRS Resource Set 2”) includes PRS resources labeled “PRS Resource 3” and “PRS Resource 4,” and the third PRS resource set (“PRS Resource Set 3”) includes PRS resources labeled “PRS Resource 5” and “PRS Resource 6.”
[0136] When a UE is configured in the assistance data of a positioning method with a number of PRS resources beyond its capability, the UE assumes the PRS resources in the assistance data are sorted in a decreasing order of measurement priority. Currently, the 64 TRPs per frequency layer are sorted according to priority and the two PRS resource sets per TRP of the frequency layer are sorted according to priority. However, the four frequency layers may or may not be sorted according to priority, and the 64 PRS resources of the PRS resource set per TRP per frequency layer may or may not be sorted according to priority. The reference indicated by the assistance data parameter “nr-DL-PRS- Referencelnfo” for each frequency layer has the highest priority, at least for DL-TDOA positioning procedures.
[0137] There are two resource allocation modes for transmissions on NR sidelinks, according to aspects of the disclosure. In a first mode (Mode 1), the base station allocates time and/or frequency resources for sidelink communication between the involved V-UEs via
downlink control information 3 0 (DCI 3 0). Each V-UE uses the allocated resources to transmit ranging signals (e.g., SL-PRS) to the other V-UE(s).
[0138] In a second mode, (Mode 2), the involved UEs autonomously select sidelink resources to use for transmission of ranging signals. A V-UE can only use the first mode if it has cellular coverage, and can use the second mode regardless of whether or not it has cellular coverage. Note that although FIG. 5 illustrates two V-UEs, as will be appreciated, they need not be V-UEs, and may instead be any other type of UE capable of sidelink communication. In addition, there may be more than the two V-UEs 504 and 506 illustrated.
[0139] NR supports, or enables, various sidelink positioning techniques. FIG. 6A illustrates various scenarios of interest for sidelink-only or joint Uu and sidelink positioning, according to aspects of the disclosure. In scenario 610, at least one peer UE with a known location can improve the Uu-based positioning (e.g., multi-cell round-trip-time (RTT), downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA), etc.) of a target UE by providing an additional anchor (e.g., using sidelink RTT (SL-RTT)). In scenario 620, a low-end (e.g., reduced capacity, or “RedCap”) target UE may obtain the assistance of premium UEs to determine its location using, e.g., sidelink positioning and ranging procedures with the premium UEs. Compared to the low-end UE, the premium UEs may have more capabilities, such as more sensors, a faster processor, more memory, more antenna elements, higher transmit power capability, access to additional frequency bands, or any combination thereof. In scenario 630, a relay UE (e.g., with a known location) participates in the positioning estimation of a remote UE without performing uplink positioning reference signal (PRS) transmission over the Uu interface. Scenario 640 illustrates the joint positioning of multiple UEs. Specifically, in scenario 640, two UEs with unknown positions can be jointly located in non-line-of-sight (NLOS) conditions by utilizing constraints from nearby UEs.
[0140] FIG. 6B illustrates additional scenarios of interest for sidelink-only or joint Uu and sidelink positioning, according to aspects of the disclosure. In scenario 650, UEs used for public safety (e.g., by police, firefighters, and/or the like) may perform peer-to-peer (P2P) positioning and ranging for public safety and other uses. For example, in scenario 650, the public safety UEs may be out of coverage of a network and determine a location or a relative distance and a relative position among the public safety UEs using sidelink
positioning techniques. Similarly, scenario 660 shows multiple UEs that are out of coverage and determine a location or a relative distance and a relative position using sidelink positioning techniques, such as SL-RTT.
[0141] Sidelink-based ranging enables the determination of the relative distance(s) between UEs and optionally their absolute position(s), where the absolute position of at least one involved UE is known. This technique is valuable in situations where global navigation satellite system (GNSS) positioning is degraded or unavailable (e.g., tunnels, urban canyons, etc.) and can also enhance range and positioning accuracy when GNSS is available. Sidelink-based ranging can be accomplished using a three-way handshake for session establishment, followed by the exchange of positioning reference signals (PRS), and concluded by messaging to exchange measurements based on PRS transmission and receipt from peer UEs.
[0142] Sidelink ranging is based on calculating an inter-UE round-trip-time (RTT) measurement, as determined from the transmit and receive times of PRS (a wideband positioning signal defined in LTE and NR). Each UE reports an RTT measurement to all other participating UEs, along with its location (if known). For UEs having zero or inaccurate knowledge of their location, the RTT procedure yields an inter-UE range between the involved UEs. For UEs having accurate knowledge of their location, the range yields an absolute position. UE participation, PRS transmission, and subsequent RTT calculation is coordinated by an initial three-way messaging handshake (a PRS request, a PRS response, and a PRS confirmation), and a message exchange after PRS transmission (post PRS messages) to share measurements after receiving a peer UE’s PRS.
[0143] FIG. 7 illustrates an example sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700, according to aspects of the disclosure. The sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700 may also be referred to as a sidelink RTT positioning procedure. Sidelink ranging is based on calculating an inter-UE RTT measurement, as determined from the transmit and receive times of PRS (a wideband reference signal defined in LTE and NR for positioning). Each UE reports an RTT measurement to all other participating UEs, along with its location (if known). For UEs having zero or inaccurate knowledge of their location, the RTT procedure yields an inter-UE range between the involved UEs. For UEs having accurate knowledge of their location, the range yields an absolute location. UE participation, PRS transmission, and subsequent RTT calculation is coordinated by an initial three-way
messaging handshake (a PRS request, a PRS response, and a PRS confirmation), and a message exchange after PRS transmission (post PRS messages) to share measurements after receiving a peer UE’s PRS.
[0144] The sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700 (or session) begins with the broadcast of capability information by the involved peer UEs at stage 705. As shown in FIG. 7, one of the peer UEs, UE 204-1 (e.g., any of the sidelink-capable UEs described herein), is capable of being an anchor UE for the sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700, meaning it has a known location. As such, the anchor UE 204-1 includes an indication in its capability message(s) that it is capable of being an anchor UE for the sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700. The capability message(s) may also include the location of the anchor UE 204-1, or this may be provided later. The other UE, UE 204-2 (e.g., any other of the sidelink-capable UEs described herein), is a target UE, meaning it has an unknown or inaccurate location and is attempting to be located. Based on the capability information received from the anchor UE 204-1, indicating that the anchor UE 204-1 is an anchor UE, the target UE 204-2 knows that it will be able to determine its location based on performing the sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700 with the anchor UE 204-1.
[0145] After the initial capability exchange, the involved UEs 204 perform a three-way messaging handshake. At stage 710, the anchor UE 204-1 transmits a PRS request (labeled “PRSrequest”) to the target UE 204-2. At stage 715, the target UE 204-2 transmits a PRS response (labeled “PRSresponse”) to the anchor UE 204-1. At stage 720, the anchor UE 204-1 transmits a PRS confirmation to the target UE 204-2. At this point, the three-way messaging handshake is complete. Note that although FIG. 7 illustrates the anchor UE 204-1 initiating the three-way message handshake, it may instead be initiated by the target UE 204-2.
[0146] At stages 725 and 730, the involved peer UEs 204 transmit PRS to each other. The resources on which the PRS are transmitted may be configured / allocated by the network (e.g., one of the UE’s 204 serving base station) or negotiated by the UEs 204 during the three-way messaging handshake. The anchor UE 204-1 measures the transmission-to- reception (Tx-Rx) time difference between the transmission time of PRS at stage 725 and the reception time of PRS at stage 730. The target UE 204-2 measures the reception-to- transmission (Rx-Tx) time difference between the reception time of PRS at stage 725 and
the transmission time of PRS at stage 730. Note that although FIG. 7 illustrates the anchor UE 204-1 transmitting PRS first, the target UE 204-2 may instead transmit PRS first.
[0147] At stages 735 and 740, the peer UEs 204 exchange their respective time difference measurements in post PRS messages (labeled “postPRS”). If the anchor UE 204-1 has not yet provided its location to the target UE 204-2, it does so at this point. Each UE 204 is then able to determine the RTT between each UE 204 based on the Tx-Rx and Rx-Tx time difference measurements (specifically, the difference between the Tx-Rx and Rx-Tx time difference measurements). Based on the RTT measurement and the speed of light, each UE 204 can then estimate the distance (or range) between the two UEs 204 (specifically, half the RTT measurement multiplied by the speed of light). Since the target UE 204-2 also has the absolute location (e.g., geographic coordinates) of the anchor UE 204-1, the target UE 204-2 can use that location and the distance to the anchor UE 204-1 to determine its own absolute location.
[0148] Note that while FIG. 7 illustrates two UEs 204, a UE may perform, or attempt to perform, the sidelink ranging and positioning procedure 700 with multiple UEs.
[0149] In accordance with aspects of the disclosure, a network device may execute channel sensing operations to access channels that the network device wishes to use for communications. To this end, the following terms may be considered with respect to such channel access operations:
• A channel refers to a carrier or a part of a carrier consisting of a contiguous set of resource blocks (RBs) on which a channel access procedure is performed in shared spectrum.
• A channel access procedure may be considered a procedure based on sensing that evaluates the availability of a channel for performing transmissions. In an aspect, the basic unit for sensing is a sensing slot with a duration, for example, of Tsi = 9 microsecond (ps). The sensing slot duration Tsi may be considered to be idle if an eNB/gNB or a UE senses the channel during the sensing slot duration, and determines that the detected power for at least a predetermined time (e.g., 4ps) within the sensing slot duration is less than an energy detection threshold X-rhresh. Otherwise, the sensing slot duration Tsi is considered to be busy.
• A channel occupancy may be considered as referring to transmission(s) on channel(s) by eNB/gNB/UE(s) after performing the corresponding channel access procedures disclosed herein.
• A Channel Occupancy Time (COT) may be considered as referring to the total time for which eNB/gNB/UE and any eNB/gNB/UE(s) sharing the channel occupancy transmission(s) on a channel after an eNB/gNB/UE performs the corresponding channel access procedures described above. For determining a COT, if a transmission gap is less than or equal to a threshold (e.g., 25 us), the gap duration is counted in the COT. A COT can be shared for transmission between an eNB/gNB and the corresponding UE(s).
• A DL transmission burst may be considered as referring to a set of transmissions from an eNB/gNB without any gaps greater than a threshold (e.g., 16ps). Transmissions from an eNB/gNB separated by a gap of more than the threshold (e.g., 16ps) may be considered as separate DL transmission bursts. In an aspect, eNB/gNB can transmit transmission(s) after a gap within a DL transmission burst without sensing the corresponding channel(s) for availability.
• UL transmission burst may be considered as referring to a set of transmissions from a UE without any gaps greater than a threshold (e.g., 16ps). Transmissions from a UE separated by a gap of more than threshold (e.g., 16ps) may be considered as separate UL transmission bursts. In an aspect, a UE can transmit transmission(s) after a gap within a UL transmission burst without sensing the corresponding channel(s) for availability.
• A discovery burst may be considered as referring to a DL transmission burst including a set of signal(s) and/or channel(s) confined within a window and associated with a duty cycle. In an aspect, the discovery burst can be any of the following:
Transmission(s) initiated by an eNB that include a primary synchronization signal (PSS), secondary synchronization signal (SSS) and cell-specific reference signal(s)(CRS) and may include non-zero power channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS); and/or Transmission(s) initiated by a gNB that includes at least an SS/PBCH block consisting of a primary synchronization signal (PSS), secondary
synchronization signal (SSS), physical broadcast channel (PBCH) with associated demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) and may also include control resource set (CORESET) for physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) scheduling physical downlink shared channel) PDSCH with system information block 1 (SIB 1), and PDSCH carrying SIB 1 and/or non-zero power CSI-RS.
[0150] In certain scenarios, COT sharing may be used in connection with data communications between sidelink (SL) devices. In an aspect, a responding SL UE (e.g., a sidelink UE responding to an information request from another sidelink UE as shown in FIG. 7) can utilize a COT shared by a COT initiating UE (e.g., the UE requesting the information) when the responding SL UE is a target receiver of the COT initiating UE's PSSCH data transmission in the COT. In an aspect, sharing may take place when the responding UE using the shared COT for its transmission has an equal or smaller channel access priority class (CAPC) than the CAPC indicated in the shared COT information.
[0151] In an aspect, the responding SL UE can utilize a COT shared by a COT initiating UE when the responding SL UE is a target receiver of the COT initiating UE's transmission in the COT. COT sharing may be used in such scenarios when the responding UE that desires to use the shared COT for its transmission has an equal or smaller CAPC than the CAPC indicated in a shared COT information.
[0152] Although COT sharing has been at least minimally defined for sidelink data communications, certain aspects of the disclosure are implemented with a recognition that such COT sharing procedures for data may not be optimal for COT sharing between sidelink UEs participating in a sidelink positioning session. Accordingly, certain aspects of the disclosure are directed to ways in which one or more COTs may be shared by sidelink UEs during a positioning session. Certain aspects of the disclosure are implemented with a recognition that there may be a need to determine which network device(s) is responsible for: channel sensing, setting the sensing threshold(s) for the channel sensing, selecting the COT(s) that are used during the positioning session, communicating the shared COTs to the sidelink UEs participating in the positioning session, etc. Certain aspects of the disclosure may be used for COT sharing for positioning operations that take place in unlicensed spectrum.
[0153] In accordance with certain aspects of the disclosure, a single sidelink device (e.g., an anchor UE, a UE operating as a server to other UEs, etc.) or base station may be tasked with conducting the channel sensing operations for a positioning session. Based on the information obtained during the channel sensing operations, the sidelink device may determine that a COT window(s) is available on a channel for transmitting or measuring PRS during the positioning session. In an aspect, an indication of the COT window(s) may be transmitted for reception by sidelink devices located in the positioning environment. The indication of the COT window(s) may be broadcast, groupcast, or unicast to the sidelink devices for their reception. For groupcasting of the COT window(s), the sidelink device transmitting the COT indication may target all sidelink devices in the positioning environment or only a more limited subset of sidelink devices selected by the transmitting sidelink device for such participation. In an aspect, the individual sidelink devices may make the determination as to whether that sidelink device is available for participating in the positioning session during the COT window(s) indicated in the transmission. In an example scenario, multiple COT windows may be indicated in the transmission. In that case, the individual sidelink devices may make the determination that it will use all COT windows or select only certain COT windows for transmitting or measuring the PRS.
[0154] The specific sidelink devices in the positioning environment that transmit or measure PRS during the positioning session may vary. In an aspect, only sidelink devices capable of transmitting or measuring the PRS within the indicated COT window(s) may participate in the positioning session. In an aspect, a sidelink device that is not capable of transmitting or measuring PRS within the indicated COT window(s) may refrain from transmitting or measuring PRS even though the sidelink device may otherwise have been indicated for participation in the positioning session (e.g., otherwise indicated for use in the positioning session in assistance data).
[0155] In the foregoing example, only a single sidelink device (e.g., anchor UE in FIG. 7) has been tasked with channel sensing and COT window calculations. Such scenarios may be used for positioning sessions involving single RTT positioning techniques, double-sided RTT techniques, or positioning techniques that combine both single RTT and doublesided RTT techniques.
[0156] Certain aspects of the disclosure, however, are implemented with an understanding that channel sensing by a single sidelink device may be inadequate to obtain COT window(s) that may be used to meet the requirements of the positioning session (e.g., COT windows having a sufficient duration for longer PRS measurement occasions). For example, obtaining COT windows of a sufficient duration for the positioning session may not be possible when the PRS resources available for sidelink positioning are distributed in the time domain between sidelink devices and anchor devices. Accordingly, certain aspects of the disclosure include tasking multiple sidelink devices within the positioning environment with channel sensing and/or COT calculations. In an aspect, the multiple sidelink devices may perform channel sensing and/or COT calculations and transmit that information to a given sidelink device (e.g., an anchor UE or other sidelink device tasked with making the COT window calculations). In certain scenarios, the sidelink device(s) tasked with channel sensing and COT calculations may be fixed (e.g., the same anchor UE or other sidelink device) for all positioning sessions or may vary with different positioning sessions. In certain scenarios, a network server (e.g., location server, LMF, etc.) may designate which sidelink device in the positioning environment performs channel sensing and/or calculates the COT window(s) for the positioning session.
[0157] In certain scenarios, the network may operate independently of the location server using a pre-selected sidelink device or pre-programmed sequence of sidelink devices for determining which sidelink device(s) are tasked with channel sensing and/or COT calculations. In scenarios in which the positioning takes place independent of a network server, a sidelink device (e.g., anchor UE or other sidelink device initiating or managing the positioning session) may determine which sidelink devices in the positioning environment perform channel sensing and/or COT calculations.
[0158] According to certain aspects of the disclosure, an anchor UE and all other sidelink devices (e.g., sidelink UEs) within the positioning environment perform channel sensing and COT calculations. In such scenarios, all of the sidelink devices in the positioning environment may report their channel sensing and/or COT calculations to a single entity (e.g., an anchor UE, a target UE, a sidelink UE initiating the positioning session, a sidelink UE operating as a server for other sidelink UEs, etc.). The single entity to which the channel sensing and COT calculations are reported may determine the final COT window(s) that
will be used for the positioning session and transmit an indication of the file COT window(s) to the other sidelink devices in the positioning environment.
[0159] In accordance with certain aspects of the disclosure, an anchor UE and a subset of less than all sidelink devices in the positioning environment may be tasked with making channel sensing and COT calculations. In various scenarios, the subset of sidelink devices performing channel sensing and/or COT calculations may be selected by an anchor UE, a target UE, a UE initiating the positioning session, a server UE operating as a server to other sidelink devices in the positioning environment, a base station, a location server, and/or an LMF. In an aspect, an entity tasked with selecting the subset of sidelink devices may send requests to the subset of sidelink devices to perform the channel sensing and/or COT calculations. The subset of sidelink devices may report their channel measurements and/or COT calculations to an entity tasked with making the final COT window(s) determination (which may or may not be the same entity tasked with the sidelink device selection). The entity tasked with making the final COT window(s) determination may do so at least based on the channel sensing and/or COT calculations reported by the subset of sidelink devices and, in certain scenarios, based on the channel sensing and/or COT calculations made by the tasked entity. In turn, the entity to which the channel sensing and COT measurements are reported transmits an indication of the final COT window(s) that are used for the positioning session to the other sidelink devices in the positioning environment. In an aspect, sidelink devices receiving the indications of the final COT window(s) may determine whether they are capable of participating in the positioning session during the indicated final COT window(s).
[0160] In certain scenarios, the sidelink devices performing channel sensing operations may do so using the same channel sensing threshold used by the sidelink devices to determine COT windows for data communication (e.g., non-positioning scenarios). However, in accordance with certain aspects of the disclosure, the sidelink devices performing channel sensing operations may do so using a channel sensing threshold for positioning COT windows (e.g., COT windows used for positioning) that differs from the channel sensing threshold used for other sidelink communications. In certain scenarios, a location server (e.g., LMF) may set the different channel sensing thresholds. The location server may transmit an indication of the different thresholds to the sidelink devices in the positioning environment, which may use the different channel sensing thresholds based on whether
the channel sensing takes place for positioning COT determinations or COT determinations for other sidelink communications. In certain aspects, the different thresholds may be based on a standardized set of thresholds having channel sensing thresholds that are specifically intended for use in positioning COT determinations. In certain scenarios, the specific channel sensing threshold used for positioning COT determinations may be static between different positioning sessions. In other scenarios, the channel sensing threshold used for positioning COT determinations may be dynamic between different positioning sessions.
[0161] In accordance with the various aspects of the disclosure, the assistance data provided to the sidelink devices in the positioning environment may be based on the COT window configured for transmitting or receiving positioning PRS during the positioning session. In certain scenarios, an anchor UE or location server may configure multiple assistance data sets based on the configured COT window.
[0162] FIG. 8 shows a table 800 depicting examples of different assistance data sets (e.g., different TRPs, different PRS configurations, different response times, etc.) that may be used for a positioning session based on different durations of the configured COT window, according to aspects of the disclosure. In this example, a first assistance data set SET1 is used when the configured COT window for the positioning session Wp has a duration that is greater than or equal to W1 but less than duration W2. A second assistance data set SET2 is used when the configured COT window Wp has a duration that is greater than or equal to W2 but less than duration W3. A third assistance data set SET3 is used when the configured COT window Wp has a duration that is greater than or equal to W3 but less than duration W4. A fourth assistance data set SET4 is used when the configured COT window Wp has a duration that is greater than or equal to W4 but less than duration W5. It will be recognized, based on the teachings of the present disclosure, that the types of data included in the assistance data sets as well as the particular configured window range with which the assistance data sets are associated may vary, the foregoing being non-limiting examples.
[0163] FIG. 9 illustrates an example method 900 of wireless communication performed by a sidelink device, according to aspects of the disclosure. At operation 902, the sidelink device obtains channel sensing information to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) for a positioning session.
In an aspect, operation 902 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0164] At operation 904, the sidelink device transmits an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT is based on the channel sensing information. In an aspect, operation 904 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0165] In some aspects, the method 900 includes determining a position estimate for at least one target SL device based on PRS measured during the at least one COT window.
[0166] In some aspects, the method 900 includes receiving a positioning channel sensing threshold; and using the positioning channel sensing threshold to determine the availability of the channel for transmitting or measuring the PRS for the positioning session.
[0167] In some aspects of the method 900, the obtaining the channel sensing information includes, at least in part, performing channel sensing operations at the SL device; and the at least one COT window is determined, at least in part, based on the channel sensing information obtained during the channel sensing operations performed by the SL device.
[0168] In some aspects of the method 900, the obtaining the channel sensing information includes, at least in part, obtaining the channel sensing information from the one or more further SL devices.
[0169] In some aspects of the method 900, the method includes transmitting, to the one or more further SL devices, a request for the channel sensing information from the one or more further SL devices.
[0170] In some aspects, the method 900 includes determining the at least one COT window is further based on one or more COT windows reported by the one or more further SL devices.
[0171] In some aspects, the method 900 includes transmitting, to the one or more further SL devices, a request for the one or more COT windows determined at the one or more further SL devices.
[0172] In some aspects of the method 900, the SL device is: an anchor user equipment (UE); a server UE; or an initiating UE that initiates the positioning session.
[0173] In some aspects of the method 900, the SL device is the initiating UE.
[0174] In some aspects of the method 900, the initiating UE is a target SL device for which a position estimate is determined during the positioning session.
[0175] In some aspects of the method 900, the at least one COT window is determined by the UE that initiates the positioning session.
[0176] As will be appreciated, a technical advantage of the method 900 is that it may be used to determine COT window(s) that are tailored for transmitting or receiving PRS during a positioning session. The COT windows for positioning may be optimal over the COT windows determined and used for other types of sidelink communications.
[0177] FIG. 10 illustrates an example method 1000 of wireless communication performed by a network server, according to aspects of the disclosure. At operation 1002, the network server transmits, to one or more sidelink (SL) devices, a first sensing threshold for use by the one or more SL devices in determining an availability of a channel for transmitting or receiving data. In an aspect, operation 1002 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation. In an aspect, operation 1002 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0178] At operation 1004, the network server transmits, to the one or more SL devices, a second sensing threshold for use by the one or more SL devices in determining the availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) for a positioning session. In an aspect, operation 1004 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation. In an aspect, operation 1004 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0179] In some aspects of the method 1000, the second sensing threshold is based on a standardized threshold for channel sensing during the positioning session.
[0180] In some aspects of the method 1000, the network server includes a location server, a base station, an anchor user equipment (UE) operating as a network server for one or more further sidelink devices, or a combination thereof.
[0181] As will be appreciated, a technical advantage of the method 1000 is that it may be used to assign and use channel sensing thresholds to determine COT window(s) for transmitting or receiving PRS during a positioning session. The COT windows determined for such positioning may be different than the channel sensing thresholds used for determining COT windows used for other sidelink communications.
[0182] FIG. 11 illustrates an example method 1100 of wireless communication performed by a network server, according to aspects of the disclosure. At operation 1102, the network server determines multiple channel occupancy time (COT) windows available for transmitting or receiving positioning reference signals (PRS) for a positioning session. In an aspect, operation 1102 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation. In an aspect, operation 1102 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0183] At operation 1104, the network server transmits multiple sets of assistance data for use during the positioning session, wherein each set of assistance data of the multiple sets of assistance data is based on a corresponding COT window of the multiple COT windows. In an aspect, operation 1104 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation. In an aspect, operation 1104 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0184] In some aspects of the method 1100, the network server includes a location server, a base station, an anchor user equipment (UE) operating as a network server for one or more sidelink devices, or a combination thereof.
[0185] In some aspects of the method 1100, the network server includes a location server, a base station, an anchor user equipment (UE) operating as a network server for one or more sidelink devices, or a combination thereof.
[0186] In some aspects of the method 1100, the multiple sets of assistance data each include an indication of a corresponding set of user equipments (UEs) based on the corresponding COT window.
[0187] As will be appreciated, a technical advantage of the method 1100 is that it may be used to assign different sets of assistance data based on various criterion met by the COT window assigned for transmitting or receiving PRS during a positioning session.
[0188] Certain aspects of the disclosure are implemented with a recognition that there is currently no way for a sidelink (SL) device, such as a UE, to select a Channel Access Priority Class (CAPC) that is specific to channel sensing during a positioning session. Rather, any CAPC assigned to the sidelink device is only specified for channel sensing for radio resource management (RRM) for sidelink communications, such as data communications. As such, current standards do not contemplate using a CAPC that is specific to a positioning session and which may be the same or different than the CAPC assigned to the SL devices for general RRM of sidelink communications.
[0189] FIG. 12 is a table 1200 showing an example of channel sensing parameters sets that may be associated with various Channel Access Priority Class (CAPC) levels, according to aspects of the disclosure. In this example, column 1202 indicates the Channel Access Priority Class assignment (/?) associated with each set of channel sensing parameter sets. Column 1204 shows, for each priority class p, a value mp corresponding to the number of consecutive sensing slots used in defining a defer duration during which an SL device having priority level p senses the channel. Column 1204 shows a value CW mm, P corresponding to the minimum contention window associated with an SL device having the given priority class p. Column 1208 shows a value CW max, P corresponding to the maximum contention window associated with an SL device having a given priority class p. Column 1210 shows a value(s) Tm Cot, P corresponding to the maximum channel occupancy time associated with an SL device having the given priority class p. Column 1212 shows a value(s) for allowed CWP sizes, where CWP is the contention window sizes associated with an SL device of the given priority class p.
[0190] Certain aspects of the disclosure are directed to selecting a CAPC for an SL device that is to be used explicitly by the SL device for channel sensing to transmit or measure PRS during a positioning session. In certain aspects, the SL device performs a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a positioning-specific CAPC that is selected for use by the SL device in the positioning session. The CAPC is associated with sensing parameters that the SL device uses to determine the availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring PRS during the positioning session. In certain aspects, the SL device transmits an indication of a COT window to other SL devices for use during the positioning session, where the COT window is based on channel sensing using channel sensing parameters associated with the positioning-specific CAPC.
[0191] The positioning-specific CAPC may be assigned to the SL device or otherwise selected by the SL device in various manners. In certain scenarios, the positioning-specific CAPC may be the same as used for channel sensing in other RRM operations. In such scenarios, both the positioning-specific CAPC and the CAPC used for RRM of sidelink communications are associated with the same (or overlapping) channel sensing parameters and may be based on obtaining data channel resources and PRS resources from a shared resource pool.
[0192] In certain scenarios, the positioning-specific CAPC may be different from the CAPC used for RRM of sidelink data channels and, thus, be associated with different sets of channel sensing parameters. In an aspect, the different sets of channel sensing parameters may be based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool. In such scenarios, the dedicated positioning resource pool includes resources that are different from the resources of the data channel resource pool used for sidelink communication. In certain scenarios, an indication of the positioning-specific CAPC may be received from another network device (e.g., another SL device, a positioning server, a location management function, etc.).
[0193] In certain scenarios, the channel sensing parameters associated with an initial positioningspecific CAPC assigned to the SL device may be inadequate to determine a COT window that is suitable for the positioning session. In accordance with certain aspects of the disclosure, the SL device may increase the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC when the SL device fails to detect the availability of a suitable COT window on the channel while using the set of channel sensing parameters
associated with the initial positioning-specific CAPC. In certain scenarios, the SL device may increase its current CAPC when the SL device fails to detect the availability of a suitable COT window on the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the set of channel sensing parameters associated with the current CAPC. By increasing the CAPC to a higher priority level, the SL device may use a set of channel sensing parameters that make it more likely that the SL device will detect a suitable COT window for transmitting or measuring the PRS during the positioning session. In certain scenarios, the SL device may incrementally increase the CAPC to higher levels until such time as the channel sensing parameters result in finding a suitable COT window for the positioning session. As an example, after a number N of consecutive failures (e.g., timer expirations, number of failures within a time window, a total number of failures from the start of the positioning session, or any combination thereof), the SL device may increase its priority by an amount X+l, where X corresponds to the CAPC level associated with the failed attempts. In certain scenarios, the SL device may abort the positioning session when the highest allowable CAPC available to the SL device is reached without finding a suitable COT window for the positioning session.
[0194] According to aspects of the disclosure, each positioning session will have its own latency requirements and minimum number of positioning occasion measurements needed to obtain meaningful position estimates during the positioning session. Certain aspects of the disclosure, therefore, are directed to handling instances in which the SL device is not able to meet the channel access requirements for the positioning session. Various options are disclosed for handling such instances. According to a first option, a failure is declared by the SL device based on a maximum number of attempts to transmit or measure PRS during a measurement occasion. According to a second option, if there are more than a threshold number of failures on any given measurement occasion, SL device may abort the positioning session.
[0195] One such error instance occurs when a UE, having received a COT window for transmitting or receiving PRS during a positioning session, is unable to adequately access the channel to meet the minimum requirements of the positioning session. To this end, the SL device may obtain at least one COT window (e.g., from another SL device, network entity, etc.) for transmitting or measuring PRS on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session. In accordance with certain aspects of the disclosure,
the SL device may abort (e.g., halt its current participation or refrain from further participation in the positioning session) based on various failure conditions. Such failure conditions may include 1) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, 2) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or 3) any combination thereof. In scenarios, the SL device may transmit 1) an indication that the SL device has aborted the positioning session, 2) an indication of the failure condition(s) that were encountered (e.g., number failures, types of failures, etc.) resulting in the aborting of the positioning session by the SL device, or 3) a combination thereof.
[0196] Certain aspects of the disclosure are directed to using different sidelink assistance data in response to the inability of the SL device to meet the minimal requirements of the positioning session using the current assistance data. To this end, the SL device may obtain at least one COT window for transmitting or measuring PRS on a channel during a positioning session. The SL device may subsequently attempt to transmit or measure the PRS channel during the COT window based on a current set of assistance data (e.g., PRS configuration). When the SL device experiences a failure to transmit or measure the PRS during the COT window using the current assistance data, the SL device may request and obtain another (e.g., second, third, etc.) set of assistance data that it may use in its efforts to meet the minimal channel access requirements imposed on the SL device for the positioning session. The request and/or use of another set of assistance data may occur when the SL device experiences a threshold number of failed attempts to transmit or measure the PRS during the COT window using the current set of assistance data. In accordance with various aspects, the threshold number of failed attempts may include 1) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window, 2) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window, or 3) any combination thereof. In certain aspects, the different sets of assistance data may be based on the sets of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof. In certain
scenarios, the SL device may transmit a request(s) to another network entity (e.g., another SL device, a network server, position server, LMF) to send the other set(s) of assistance data when the failure condition(s) occurs. In certain aspects, the SL device may request a series of different assistance data sets until an assistance data set with which the SL device may meet the channel access requirements is obtained, or until all allowable assistance data sets available to the SL device have been exhausted.
[0197] In accordance with certain aspects of the disclosure, the SL device may incrementally increase its current CAPC if it cannot meet the channel access requirements of the positioning session based on its current CAPC. In certain scenarios, the SL device may be unable to transmit or measure the PRS channel during a given COT window while operating at its current CAPC. The SL device may experience a failure to access the channel for transmitting or measuring the PRS during the COT window and increase its CAPC in response to the failure condition. A failure condition may be declared based on exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the COT window. In various scenarios, the threshold number of failed attempts may include 1) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the COT window, 2) a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the COT window, or 3) any combination thereof.
[0198] FIG. 13 illustrates an example method 1300 of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure. At operation 1302, the SL device performs a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure. In an aspect, operation 1302 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0199] At operation 1304, the SL device transmits an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session,
wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC. In an aspect, operation 1302 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0200] In some aspects of the method 1300, the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0201] In some aspects of the method 1300, the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
[0202] In some aspects of the method 1300, the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0203] In some aspects of the method 1300, the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
[0204] In some aspects, the method 1300 includes receiving the first CAPC from a network entity.
[0205] In some aspects, the method 1300 includes obtaining an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
[0206] In some aspects, the method 1300 includes obtaining the initial CAPC includes receiving the initial CAPC from a network entity.
[0207] In some aspects of the method 1300, the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0208] In some aspects, the method 1300 includes increasing a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0209] In some aspects of the method 1300, the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to detect availability of the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0210] In some aspects of the method 1300, the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0211] In some aspects of the method 1300, the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
[0212] As will be appreciated, a technical advantage of the method 1300 is that the SL device uses a positioning-specific CAPC to establish the channel sensing parameters used by the SL device to perform channel sensing to determine the availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring PRS during a positioning session.
[0213] FIG. 14 illustrates an example method 1400 of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure. At operation 1402, the SL device obtains at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session. In an aspect, operation 1402 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0214] At operation 1404, the SL device aborts the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window
exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof. In an aspect, operation 1404 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0215] In some aspects, the method 1400 includes transmitting an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; transmitting an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
[0216] In some aspects, the method 1400 includes receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0217] In some aspects of the method 1400, the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0218] As will be appreciated, a technical advantage of the method 1400 is that the SL device aborts a positioning session if it is unable to meet the channel access requirements needed to transmit or measure PRS in a manner that meets the requirements of the positioning session.
[0219] FIG. 15 illustrates an example method 1500 of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure. At operation 1502, the SL device obtains at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session. In an aspect, operation 1502 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0220] At operation 1504, the SL device attempts to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data. In an aspect, operation 1504 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0221] At operation 1506, the SL device transmits or measures the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts. In an aspect, operation 1506 may
be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0222] In some aspects of the method 1500, the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0223] In some aspects of the method 1500, the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
[0224] In some aspects, the method 1500 includes transmitting a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
[0225] In some aspects of the method 1500, obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0226] In some aspects of the method 1500, the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0227] As will be appreciated, a technical advantage of the method 1500 is that the SL device switches to using another set of assistance data during a positioning session if it is unable to meet the channel access requirements needed to transmit or measure PRS in a manner that meets the requirements of the positioning session based on the current set of assistance data. The new set of assistance data may provide a configuration for the SL device that allows it to meet the channel access requirements.
[0228] FIG. 16 illustrates an example method 1600 of wireless communication performed by an SL device, according to aspects of the disclosure. At operation 1602, the SL device obtains at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session. In an aspect, operation 1602 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310,
the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0229] At operation 1604, the SL device attempts to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device. In an aspect, operation 1604 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0230] At operation 1606, the SL device transmits or measures the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts. In an aspect, operation 1606 may be performed by the one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the one or more processors 332, memory 340, and/or positioning component 342, any or all of which may be considered means for performing this operation.
[0231] In some aspects of the method 1600, the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0232] In some aspects of the method 1600, the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
[0233] In some aspects of the method 1600, the method includes transmitting a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
[0234] In some aspects of the method 1600, obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0235] In some aspects of the method 1600, the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0236] In some aspects of the method 1600, the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0237] In some aspects of the method 1600, the first CAPC and the second CAPC are associated with channel sensing parameters comprising: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
[0238] In some aspects of the method 1600, obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0239] In some aspects of the method 1600, the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0240] As will be appreciated, a technical advantage of the method 1600 is that the SL device increases its CAPC during a positioning session if it is unable to meet the channel access requirements needed to transmit or measure PRS in a manner that meets the requirements of the positioning session based on the current CAPC. The increased CAPC may provide a channel access priority level for the SL device that allows it to meet the channel access requirements.
[0241] In the detailed description above it can be seen that different features are grouped together in examples. This manner of disclosure should not be understood as an intention that the example clauses have more features than are explicitly mentioned in each clause. Rather, the various aspects of the disclosure may include fewer than all features of an individual example clause disclosed. Therefore, the following clauses should hereby be deemed to be incorporated in the description, wherein each clause by itself can stand as a separate example. Although each dependent clause can refer in the clauses to a specific combination with one of the other clauses, the aspect(s) of that dependent clause are not limited to the specific combination. It will be appreciated that other example clauses can
also include a combination of the dependent clause aspect(s) with the subject matter of any other dependent clause or independent clause or a combination of any feature with other dependent and independent clauses. The various aspects disclosed herein expressly include these combinations, unless it is explicitly expressed or can be readily inferred that a specific combination is not intended (e.g., contradictory aspects, such as defining an element as both an electrical insulator and an electrical conductor). Furthermore, it is also intended that aspects of a clause can be included in any other independent clause, even if the clause is not directly dependent on the independent clause.
[0242] Implementation examples are described in the following numbered clauses:
[0243] Clause 1. A method of wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device, comprising: performing a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmitting an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
[0244] Clause 2. The method of clause 1, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0245] Clause 3. The method of clause 2, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
[0246] Clause 4. The method of any of clauses 1 to 3, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0247] Clause 5. The method of clause 4, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
[0248] Clause 6. The method of any of clauses 1 to 5, further comprising: receiving the first CAPC from a network entity.
[0249] Clause 7. The method of any of clauses 1 to 6, further comprising: obtaining an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
[0250] Clause 8. The method of clause 7, wherein: obtaining the initial CAPC includes receiving the initial CAPC from a network entity.
[0251] Clause 9. The method of any of clauses 7 to 8, wherein: the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0252] Clause 10. The method of any of clauses 7 to 9, further comprising: increasing a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0253] Clause 11. The method of clause 10, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to detect availability of the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0254] Clause 12. The method of any of clauses 10 to 11, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0255] Clause 13. The method of any of clauses 1 to 12, wherein the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
[0256] Clause 14. A method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device, comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and aborting the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
[0257] Clause 15. The method of clause 14, further comprising: transmitting an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; transmitting an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
[0258] Clause 16. The method of claim 14, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0259] Clause 17. The method of clause 16, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0260] Clause 18. A method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device, comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0261] Clause 19. The method of clause 18, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0262] Clause 20. The method of any of clauses 18 to 19, wherein: the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data
and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
[0263] Clause 21. The method of any of clauses 18 to 20, further comprising: transmitting a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
[0264] Clause 22. The method of any of clauses 18 to 21, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0265] Clause 23. The method of clause 22, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0266] Clause 24. A method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device, comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0267] Clause 25. The method of clause 24, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0268] Clause 26. The method of any of clauses 24 to 25, wherein the first CAPC and the second CAPC are associated with channel sensing parameters comprising: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with
the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
[0269] Clause 27. The method of any of clauses 24 to 26, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0270] Clause 28. The method of clause 27, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0271] Clause 29. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: perform a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
[0272] Clause 30. The SL device of clause 29, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0273] Clause 31. The SL device of clause 30, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
[0274] Clause 32. The SL device of any of clauses 29 to 31, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0275] Clause 33. The SL device of clause 32, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
[0276] Clause 34. The SL device of any of clauses 29 to 33, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: receive, via the at least one transceiver, the first CAPC from a network entity.
[0277] Clause 35. The SL device of any of clauses 29 to 34, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: obtain an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
[0278] Clause 36. The SL device of clause 35, wherein: obtain the initial CAPC includes receiving the initial CAPC from a network entity.
[0279] Clause 37. The SL device of any of clauses 35 to 36, wherein: the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0280] Clause 38. The SL device of any of clauses 35 to 37, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: increase a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0281] Clause 39. The SL device of clause 38, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to detect availability of the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0282] Clause 40. The SL device of any of clauses 38 to 39, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0283] Clause 41. The SL device of any of clauses 29 to 40, wherein the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC;
a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
[0284] Clause 42. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and abort the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
[0285] Clause 43. The SL device of clause 42, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
[0286] Clause 44. The SL device of any of clauses 42 to 43, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receive, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0287] Clause 45. The SL device of clause 44, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0288] Clause 46. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS
during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0289] Clause 47. The SL device of clause 46, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0290] Clause 48. The SL device of any of clauses 46 to 47, wherein: the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
[0291] Clause 49. The SL device of any of clauses 46 to 48, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: transmit, via the at least one transceiver, a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
[0292] Clause 50. The SL device of any of clauses 46 to 49, wherein the at least one processor configured to obtain the at least one COT window comprises the at least one processor configured to: receive, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0293] Clause 51. The SL device of clause 50, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0294] Clause 52. The SL device of any of clauses 50 to 51, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0295] Clause 53. The SL device of any of clauses 50 to 52, wherein the at least one processor configured to obtain the at least one COT window comprises the at least one processor configured to: receive, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0296] Clause 54. The SL device of clause 53, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0297] Clause 55. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0298] Clause 56. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: means for performing a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and means for transmitting an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
[0299] Clause 57. The SL device of clause 56, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0300] Clause 58. The SL device of clause 57, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
[0301] Clause 59. The SL device of any of clauses 56 to 58, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0302] Clause 60. The SL device of clause 59, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
[0303] Clause 61. The SL device of any of clauses 56 to 60, further comprising: means for receiving the first CAPC from a network entity.
[0304] Clause 62. The SL device of any of clauses 56 to 61, further comprising: means for obtaining an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
[0305] Clause 63. The SL device of clause 62, wherein: means for obtaining the initial CAPC includes receiving the initial CAPC from a network entity.
[0306] Clause 64. The SL device of any of clauses 62 to 63, wherein: the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0307] Clause 65. The SL device of any of clauses 62 to 64, further comprising: means for increasing a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0308] Clause 66. The SL device of clause 65, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to detect availability of the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0309] Clause 67. The SL device of any of clauses 65 to 66, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0310] Clause 68. The SL device of any of clauses 56 to 67, wherein the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
[0311] Clause 69. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and means for aborting the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
[0312] Clause 70. The SL device of clause 69, further comprising: means for transmitting an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; means for transmitting an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
[0313] Clause 71. The SL device of any of clauses 69 to 70, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: means for receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0314] Clause 72. The SL device of clause 71, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0315] Clause 73. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: means for obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; means for attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and means for transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0316] Clause 74. The SL device of clause 73, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0317] Clause 75. The SL device of any of clauses 73 to 74, wherein: the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
[0318] Clause 76. The SL device of any of clauses 73 to 75, further comprising: means for transmitting a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
[0319] Clause 77. The SL device of any of clauses 73 to 76, wherein the means for obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: means for receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0320] Clause 78. The SL device of clause 77, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0321] Clause 79. The SL device of any of clauses 77 to 78, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0322] Clause 80. The SL device of any of clauses 77 to 79, wherein the means for obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: means for receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0323] Clause 81. The SL device of clause 80, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0324] Clause 82. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: means for obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference
signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; means for attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and means for transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0325] Clause 83. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by a sidelink (SL) device, cause the SL device to: perform a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmit an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
[0326] Clause 84. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 83, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0327] Clause 85. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 84, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
[0328] Clause 86. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 83 to 85, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0329] Clause 87. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 86, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
[0330] Clause 88. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 83 to 87, further comprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: receive the first CAPC from a network entity.
[0331] Clause 89. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 83 to 88, further comprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: obtain an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
[0332] Clause 90. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 89, wherein: obtain the initial CAPC includes receiving the initial CAPC from a network entity.
[0333] Clause 91. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 89 to 90, wherein: the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
[0334] Clause 92. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 89 to 91, further comprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: increase a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0335] Clause 93. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 92, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to detect availability of the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0336] Clause 94. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 92 to 93, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
[0337] Clause 95. The non -transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 83 to 94, wherein the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
[0338] Clause 96. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by an SL device, cause the SL device to: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and abort the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
[0339] Clause 97. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 96, further comprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: transmit an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; transmit an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
[0340] Clause 98. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 96 to 97, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receive an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0341] Clause 99. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 98, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0342] Clause 100. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by an SL device, cause the SL device to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmit or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based
on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0343] Clause 101. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 100, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0344] Clause 102. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 100 to 101, wherein: the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
[0345] Clause 103. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 100 to 102, further comprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: transmit a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
[0346] Clause 104. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 100 to 103, wherein the computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to obtain the at least one COT window comprise computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: receive an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0347] Clause 105. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 104, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0348] Clause 106. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 104 to 105, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a
positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
[0349] Clause 107. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of any of clauses 104 to 106, wherein the computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to obtain the at least one COT window comprise computer-executable instructions that, when executed by the SL device, cause the SL device to: receive an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
[0350] Clause 108. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 107, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
[0351] Clause 109. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by an SL device, cause the SL device to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmit or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
[0352] Those of skill in the art will appreciate that information and signals may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referenced throughout the above description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, optical fields or particles, or any combination thereof.
[0353] Further, those of skill in the art will appreciate that the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, circuits, and algorithm steps described in connection with the aspects disclosed herein may be implemented as electronic hardware, computer software, or combinations of both. To clearly illustrate this interchangeability of hardware and software, various illustrative components, blocks, modules, circuits, and steps have been described above generally in terms of their functionality. Whether such functionality is implemented as hardware or software depends upon the particular application and design constraints
imposed on the overall system. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality in varying ways for each particular application, but such implementation decisions should not be interpreted as causing a departure from the scope of the present disclosure.
[0354] The various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with the aspects disclosed herein may be implemented or performed with a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an ASIC, a field-programable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein. A general -purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. A processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, for example, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration.
[0355] The methods, sequences and/or algorithms described in connection with the aspects disclosed herein may be embodied directly in hardware, in a software module executed by a processor, or in a combination of the two. A software module may reside in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), registers, hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An example storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. In the alternative, the storage medium may be integral to the processor. The processor and the storage medium may reside in an ASIC. The ASIC may reside in a user terminal (e.g., UE). In the alternative, the processor and the storage medium may reside as discrete components in a user terminal.
[0356] In one or more example aspects, the functions described may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a
computer program from one place to another. A storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. By way of example, and not limitation, such computer-readable media can comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer. Also, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, then the coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of medium. Disk and disc, as used herein, includes compact disc (CD), laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD), floppy disk and Blu-ray disc where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs reproduce data optically with lasers. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer-readable media.
[0357] While the foregoing disclosure shows illustrative aspects of the disclosure, it should be noted that various changes and modifications could be made herein without departing from the scope of the disclosure as defined by the appended claims. The functions, steps and/or actions of the method claims in accordance with the aspects of the disclosure described herein need not be performed in any particular order. Furthermore, although elements of the disclosure may be described or claimed in the singular, the plural is contemplated unless limitation to the singular is explicitly stated.
Claims
1. A method of wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device, comprising: performing a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and transmitting an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a different priority level CAPC than a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein:
the first set of channel sensing parameters and a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC correspond to different sets of channel sensing parameters, and the different sets of channel sensing parameters are based on obtaining PRS channel resources from a dedicated positioning resource pool that is different from data channel resources of a data channel resource pool.
6. The method of claim 1, further comprising: receiving the first CAPC from a network entity.
7. The method of claim 1, further comprising: obtaining an initial CAPC, wherein the first CAPC is based on the initial CAPC.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein: obtaining the initial CAPC includes receiving the initial CAPC from a network entity.
9. The method of claim 7, wherein: the initial CAPC is based on a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
10. The method of claim 7, further comprising: increasing a channel access priority level of the initial CAPC to a higher level CAPC for use as the first CAPC based on a failure to detect availability of the channel for transmitting or receiving the PRS during the channel sensing procedure while using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein: the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to detect availability of the channel within a threshold number of channel sensing attempts using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein:
the channel access priority level of the initial CAPC is increased based on the failure to sense availability of the channel within a threshold time duration using the first set of channel sensing parameters.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein the first set of channel sensing parameters comprises: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
14. A method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device, comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and aborting the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts, a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
15. The method of claim 14, further comprising: transmitting an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; transmitting an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
16. The method of claim 14, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
18. A method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device, comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
20. The method of claim 18, wherein: the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or
any combination thereof.
21. The method of claim 18, further comprising: transmitting a request for the second set of assistance data based on the number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window exceeding the threshold number of failed attempts using the first set of assistance data.
22. The method of claim 18, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
24. A method for wireless communication performed by a sidelink (SL) device, comprising: obtaining at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempting to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmitting or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window;
a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
26. The method of claim 24, wherein the first CAPC and the second CAPC are associated with channel sensing parameters comprising: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
27. The method of claim 24, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receiving an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the network device comprises: a sidelink UE; a location server; or a base station.
29. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: perform a channel sensing procedure during a positioning session based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC), wherein the first CAPC is selected by the SL device to determine an availability of a channel for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) during the positioning session, and the first CAPC is associated with a first set of channel sensing parameters for the channel sensing procedure; and
transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window to one or more further SL devices for transmitting or measuring the PRS by the one or more further SL devices during the positioning session, wherein the at least one COT window is based on channel sensing using the first set of channel sensing parameters associated with the first CAPC.
30. The SL device of claim 29, wherein: the first CAPC selected by the SL device for use in the positioning session is a same priority level CAPC as a second CAPC indicated for channel sensing associated with radio resource management of sidelink data communications.
31. The SL device of claim 30, wherein: the first set of channel sensing parameters are a same set of channel sensing parameters as a second set of channel sensing parameters associated with the second CAPC and are based on obtaining PRS channel resources and data channel resources from a shared sidelink resource pool.
32. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning occasion of a positioning session; and abort the positioning session based on a failure condition including a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning occasion during the at least one COT window exceeding a first threshold number of failed attempts,
a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window exceeding a second threshold number of failed attempts, or any combination thereof.
33. The SL device of claim 32, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication that the positioning session has been aborted; transmit, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of the failure condition; or a combination thereof.
34. The SL device of claim 32, wherein obtaining the at least one COT window comprises: receive, via the at least one transceiver, an indication of the at least one COT window from a network device.
35. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first set of assistance data; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second set of assistance data, wherein the second set of assistance data is used based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS during the at least one COT window using the first set of assistance data exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
36. The SL device of claim 35, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
37. The SL device of claim 35, wherein: the second set of assistance data differs from the first set of assistance data based on the first set of assistance data and second set of assistance data having different slot offsets, different bandwidths, different numbers of PRS repetitions, different frequency bands, different component carriers, or any combination thereof.
38. A sidelink (SL) device, comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor configured to: obtain at least one channel occupancy time (COT) window for transmitting or measuring positioning reference signals (PRS) on a channel during a positioning session; attempt to transmit or measure the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a first channel access priority class (CAPC) of the SL device; and transmit, via the at least one transceiver, or measuring the PRS on the channel during the COT window based on a second CAPC, wherein the second CAPC is based on incrementing a priority level of the first CAPC based on a number of failed attempts by the SL device to transmit or measure the PRS
during the at least one COT window based on the first CAPC exceeding a threshold number of failed attempts.
39. The SL device of claim 38, wherein the threshold number of failed attempts includes: a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for the positioning session during the at least one COT window; a number of failed attempts by the SL device to access the channel for a positioning occasion of the positioning session during the at least one COT window; or any combination thereof.
40. The SL device of claim 38, wherein the first CAPC and the second CAPC are associated with channel sensing parameters comprising: one or more allowed contention window sizes associated with the first CAPC; a maximum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a minimum contention window size associated with the first CAPC; a maximum channel occupancy time associated with the first CAPC; or any combination thereof.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| GR20230100244 | 2023-03-23 | ||
| PCT/US2024/014574 WO2024196495A1 (en) | 2023-03-23 | 2024-02-06 | Channel access priority class (capc) for sidelink positioning |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| EP4684577A1 true EP4684577A1 (en) | 2026-01-28 |
Family
ID=90362364
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| EP24710297.3A Pending EP4684577A1 (en) | 2023-03-23 | 2024-02-06 | Channel access priority class (capc) for sidelink positioning |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP4684577A1 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN120814307A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024196495A1 (en) |
Family Cites Families (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN106559795B (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2022-07-29 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for determining LBT mode and method for realizing LBT mode switching |
| US11483794B2 (en) * | 2019-08-23 | 2022-10-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Ranging signal transmission in unlicensed band |
| WO2021087929A1 (en) * | 2019-11-07 | 2021-05-14 | 华为技术有限公司 | Random access method and apparatus |
| US12212512B2 (en) * | 2021-06-07 | 2025-01-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for sidelink reference signal transmission |
| US11653325B2 (en) * | 2021-07-19 | 2023-05-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Sidelink positioning and channel access failure management |
| EP4374626A1 (en) * | 2021-07-19 | 2024-05-29 | Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Apparatuses, methods, and network nodes for positioning reporting enhancements over unlicensed bands |
| US11804935B2 (en) * | 2021-07-23 | 2023-10-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel access techniques for positioning reference signal transmission |
| CN119678512A (en) * | 2022-08-10 | 2025-03-21 | 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 | Efficient Positioning Reference Signal Detection for Sidelink Positioning in Unlicensed Spectrum |
-
2024
- 2024-02-06 EP EP24710297.3A patent/EP4684577A1/en active Pending
- 2024-02-06 WO PCT/US2024/014574 patent/WO2024196495A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2024-02-06 CN CN202480019437.1A patent/CN120814307A/en active Pending
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN120814307A (en) | 2025-10-17 |
| WO2024196495A1 (en) | 2024-09-26 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US20240201309A1 (en) | Location assistance data associated with aerial user equipment | |
| EP4405712A2 (en) | Positioning methods for uplink power-limited user equipment | |
| TW202433977A (en) | Enhanced multipath component reporting in new radio | |
| EP4527126A1 (en) | Position estimation of a user equipment via a wireless node associated with multiple area identifiers | |
| WO2023059951A1 (en) | Sidelink position estimation procedure coordinated via a relay wireless node | |
| WO2025198939A1 (en) | Cyclic prefix extensions for sidelink positioning resources | |
| US20240323893A1 (en) | Sidelink positioning anchor classification and selection | |
| US20240298143A1 (en) | Techniques for joint uu and sidelink positioning | |
| WO2024081573A1 (en) | Automatic gain control (agc) training for sidelink positioning reference signals (sl-prs) | |
| US20250184948A1 (en) | Synchronization assistance data for sidelink and uu positioning | |
| US12153152B2 (en) | User equipment (UE) handling of delayed sounding reference signal (SRS) configuration for downlink-and-uplink-based positioning methods | |
| WO2024113141A1 (en) | In-vehicle group-based positioning | |
| EP4684577A1 (en) | Channel access priority class (capc) for sidelink positioning | |
| EP4684584A1 (en) | Channel occupancy times (cot) for sidelink positioning | |
| WO2025058733A1 (en) | Joint uu and sidelink reference signal time difference (rstd) measurement for joint uu and sidelink positioning | |
| WO2025117066A1 (en) | Conflict resolution for sidelink positioning | |
| WO2025174455A1 (en) | Sidelink control information (sci) signaling for bandwidth aggregation of sidelink positioning reference signals (sl-prs) | |
| WO2024205829A9 (en) | Phase difference measurement for carrier phase-based positioning | |
| WO2025198731A1 (en) | Security enhancements to groupcast and broadcast sidelink positioning | |
| WO2025029371A1 (en) | Sidelink positioning session with multiple user equipments | |
| EP4691068A1 (en) | Channel access type and channel occupancy time (cot) sharing for sidelink positioning reference signals (sl-prs) | |
| WO2025226538A1 (en) | Enhancements on congestion control and sensing for sidelink positioning reference signal aggregation across sidelink resource pools | |
| WO2024191591A1 (en) | Mirror point resolution in non-terrestrial network positioning | |
| EP4442050A1 (en) | Environment considerations for vehicle-to-everything (v2x) sidelink positioning | |
| EP4666496A1 (en) | Matching bandwidth between physical sidelink control channel (pscch) and sidelink positioning reference signals (sl-prs) |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: UNKNOWN |
|
| STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE |
|
| PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
| STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE |
|
| 17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20250827 |
|
| AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC ME MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR |